Home

Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Managed Node for Fluid Cache for DAS User's Manual

1. Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Disable Alarm Yes Yes No No No Yes No Quiet Alarm Yes Yes No No No Yes No Test Alarm No No No No No No No Reset Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No configuration Set Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Rate Set Background No No No No No No No Initialization Rate Set Check No No No No No No No Consistency Rate Set Reconstruct No No No No No No No Rate Rescan Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Controller Create Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Disk Export Log File Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Clear Foreign No No No No No No No Configuration Import Foreign No No No No No No No Configuration Import Recover No No No No No No No Foreign Configuration 318 Supported Features Table A 1 Controller Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers continued Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Set Patrol Read Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Mode NOTE For PERC 4 controllers Manual mode is not available Start Patrol No No No No No No No Read Stop Patrol No No No No No No No Read Battery Tasks Table A 2 Battery Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers Battery Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Recondition No No No No No No No Battery Start Learn No No No No No No No Cycle Delay Leam No No No No No No No Cycle Connector Tasks Table A
2. Virtual Disk PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERCG6G E PERC6 I PERC6 I CERC 6 I Specification Modular Maximum Number of 64 64 64 64 64 64 Virtual Disks per Controller Minimum Virtual Disk 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB Size Maximum Virtual None None None None None None Disk Size Maximum Number of 8 8 8 8 8 8 Spans per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of 32 32 32 32 32 32 Physical Disks per Span Minimum Stripe Size 8k 8k 8k 8k 8k 8k Maximum Stripe Size 128k 128k 1MB 1MB IMB IMB Maximum Number of 16 16 16 16 16 16 Virtual Disks per Disk Group Maximum Number of NA NA NA NA NA NA Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Maximum Number of 32 32 32 32 32 32 Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Maximum Physical 2 2 2 2 2 2 Disks in a RAID 1 Maximum Number of 32 32 32 32 32 32 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 342 Supported Features Table A 24 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers continued Virtual Disk PERC 5 E PERC5 I PERCG6 E PERC 6 1 PERC6 I CERC 6 I Specification Modular Maximum Number of 16 16 256 16 16 16 Physical Disks in a with RAID 10 firmware version 6 1 Maximum Number of 256 256 256 256 256 256 Physical Disks in a RAID 50 Minimum Number of NA NA NA NA NA NA Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Minimum Number of 1 l l l l l Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Minimum Number of 2 2 2 2 2 2 Physical Disks in a RAID 1 Minimum Number of 3 3 3 3 3 3 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Minimum
3. To do a global rescan 1 Select the Storage tree view object 2 Click the Information Configuration subtab 3 Select Global Rescan from the Global Tasks drop down menu 4 Click Execute Enable Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown By default the operating system and server are turned off when the PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S enclosures reach a critical temperature of 0 or 50 degrees Celsius Using the Enable Smart Thermal Shutdown task however you can specify that only the enclosure and not the operating system and server be turned off when the enclosure reaches a critical temperature 86 Storage Information and Global Tasks If the enclosure has virtual disks that are channel redundant then the enclosure can be turned off while redundant data continues to be available on another channel For more information see Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown K NOTE Only SCSI controllers support Smart Thermal Shutdown To enable or disable thermal shut down 1 Select the Storage tree view object 2 Click the Information Configuration subtab 3 From the Global Tasks drop down menu select Enable Smart Thermal Shutdown or Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown Depending on the option that is currently selected the Available Tasks drop down menu displays only one of these tasks at a time 4 Click Execute Storage Controllers The information displayed for each controller can vary depending on the controller characteristics
4. Data stored on a single disk can be considered a simple volume This disk could also be defined as a virtual disk that comprises only a single physical disk Data that spans more than one physical disk can be considered a spanned volume Multiple concatenated disks can also be defined as a virtual disk that comprises more than one physical disk A dynamic volume that spans to separate areas of the same disk is also considered concatenated Understanding RAID Concepts 37 When a physical disk in a concatenated or spanned volume fails the entire volume becomes unavailable Because the data is not redundant it cannot be restored by rebuilding from a mirrored disk or parity information Restoring from a backup is the only option Because concatenated volumes do not use disk space to maintain redundant data they are more cost efficient than volumes that use mirrors or parity information A concatenated volume may be a good choice for data that is temporary easily reproduced or that does not justify the cost of data redundancy In addition a concatenated volume can easily be expanded by adding an additional physical disk Figure 3 1 Concatenating Disks Disk n Disk 1 sF A e Concatenates n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n disks e Data fills up the first disk before it is written to the second disk e No redundancy data is kept When a disk fails the large virtual disk fails e No performance gain
5. Increased redundancy provides greater data protection than a RAID 50 Requires proportionally as much parity information as RAID 6 Two disks per span are required for parity RAID 60 is more expensive in terms of disk space Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 10 Striping over mirror sets The RAB considers RAID Level 10 to be an implementation of RAID level 1 RAID 10 combines mirrored physical disks RAID 1 with data striping RAID 0 With RAID 10 data is striped across multiple physical disks The striped disk group is then mirrored onto another set of physical disks RAID 10 can be considered a mirror of stripes Understanding RAID Concepts 49 Figure 3 8 Striping Over Mirrored Disk Groups RAID 10 Characteristics 50 Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks where n is an even integer Mirror images of the data are striped across sets of physical disks This level provides redundancy through mirroring When a disk fails the virtual disk still works The data is read from the surviving mirrored disk Improved read performance and write performance Redundancy for protection of data NOTE On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di contr
6. K NOTE The CERC SATA1 5 2s controller does not allow you to specify a name for concatenated virtual disks The concatenated virtual disk is created with a default name 2 The Size text box displays the default size of the virtual disk depending upon the RAID configuration you selected You can specify a different size The virtual disk size must be within the minimum and maximum values displayed near the Size text box In some cases the virtual is slightly larger 256 Virtual Disks than the size you specify The Create Virtual Disk wizard may round up the size of the virtual disk to avoid rendering a portion of the physical disk space unusable NOTE When creating a virtual disk on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller or on a controller that is in a cluster configuration you must specify the maximum virtual disk size Select a stripe size from the Stripe Size drop down menu The stripe size refers to the amount of space that each stripe consumes on a single disk For more information see What Is RAID Select the read write and disk cache policy These selections can vary depending on the controller For more information see RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy NOTE Read write and cache policies are not supported on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller There is limited support for write policy on controllers that do not have a battery For more information see Write Policy The cache policy is not supported on
7. e No redundancy 38 Understanding RAID Concepts Related Information e Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance e Controller supported RAID Levels e Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk e Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 0 Striping RAID 0 uses data striping which is writing data in equal sized segments across the physical disks RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy Figure 3 2 Striping Disks Understanding RAID Concepts 39 RAID 0 Characteristics Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of smallest disk size n disks Data is stored to the disks alternately No redundancy data is kept When a disk fails the large virtual disk fails with no means of rebuilding the data Better read and write performance Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 1 Mirroring RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data In RAID 1 data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more physical disks If a physical disk on one side of the mirror fails then the data can be rebuilt using the physical disk on the other side of the mirror 40 Understanding RAID Concepts Figure 3 3 Mirroring Disks RAID 1 Characteri
8. On most controllers the Blink task automatically cancels after a short duration such as 30 or 60 seconds If you need to cancel the Blink task or if the physical disk continues to blink indefinitely use the Unblink task K NOTE The Blink and Unblink tasks are only supported for hotswap physical disks disks that reside in a carrier When using an LSI PCI e U320 controller the Blink and Unblink tasks apply to physical disks contained in carriers that can be inserted into a server or an enclosure If the physical disk is not contained in a carrier but is instead designed to be connected with a SCSI cable typically a ribbon cable then the Blink and Unblink tasks are disabled Remove Dead Segments Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Remove Dead Segments task recovers disk space that is currently unusable A dead or orphaned disk segment refers to an area of a physical disk or physical device that is unusable for any of the following reasons The dead segment is an area of the physical disk or physical device that is damaged The dead segment is included in a virtual disk but the virtual disk is no longer using this area of the physical disk or physical device e The physical disk or physical device contains more than one virtual disk In this case disk space that is not included in one of the virtual disks may be unusable The dead segment resides on a physical disk or physical device th
9. e Extender card Ensure that the PCIe extender card is plugged into the correct supported slot PCle SSD is not seen in disk management in the operating system Probable Cause Device driver is not installed Solution 1 Download the latest PCIe SSD driver from support dell com 2 Open Device Manager and double click on Other Devices where the PCIe device is seen with a yellow mark 3 Right click and install the driver on the instance For more information on possible error conditions with your PCIe SSD see the system specific Owner s Manual at support dell com manuals Troubleshooting 309 Fluid Cache for DAS Fluid Cache tree is not seen in OMSS Install Fluid Cache and restart the OpenManage services Additional entries seen in the statistics chart Upgrade the RRD tool version 1 3 7 or later Fluid Cache device is not seen in the operating system Configure the Fluid Cache device For more information refer to the Configuration section in the Dell Fluid Cache For DAS User s Guide On H310 I do not see any option for Fluid Cache H310 is not a supported controller Cannot add more than 64 VDs for caching Fluid Cache supports only 64 virtual disks for caching Configured mode vs operational mode troubleshooting in cases of Pass Through and Write Through operational mode When the last but one PCIe SSD is removed from the Fluid Cache pool the cache pool high availability changes from True to False indicating
10. Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot No No No Spare Create Virtual Disk No Yes Yes Create Virtual Disk Advanced No Yes Yes Wizard Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard No No No Rename No No No Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Reconfigure No No No Change Policy No No Yes Split Mirror No No No Unmirror No No No Delete Last Virtual Disk No Yes Yes Delete any Virtual Disk No Yes Yes Check Consistency No No No Cancel Check Consistency No No No Pause Check Consistency No No No Resume Check Consistency No No No Cancel Background Initialization No No No BGI Format Virtual Disk No No No Cancel Format Virtual Disk No No No Restore Dead Disk Segments No No No Initialize Virtual Disk No No No Fast Initialize Virtual Disk No No No Supported Features 363 Table A 41 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Task Name SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Slow Initialize Virtual Disk No No No Cancel Initialize Virtual Disk No No No Supported RAID Levels Table A 42 RAID Levels Supported by the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers RAID Level SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 RAID 0 Yes Yes Yes RAID 1 Yes Yes Yes RAID 10 No No Yes Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 43 Virtual Disk Specifications for the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers Virtual
11. Creating and deleting virtual disks on cluster enabled controllers There are particular considerations for creating or deleting a virtual disk from a cluster enabled controller Review Creating and Deleting Virtual Disks on Cluster enabled Controllers before attempting to create the virtual disk Virtual Disks 221 Implementing channel redundancy A virtual disk is channel redundant when it maintains redundant data on more than one channel If one of the channels fails data is not lost because redundant data resides on another channel For more information see Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown Rebuilding data An failed physical disk that is used by both redundant and non redundant virtual disks cannot be rebuilt Rebuilding a failed physical disk in this situation requires deleting the non redundant virtual disk Disk Group Concept Consideration for 110 Disk grouping is a logical grouping of disks attached to a RAID controller on which one or more virtual disks are created such that all virtual disks in the disk group use all of the physical disks in the disk group The current implementation supports the blocking of mixed disk groups during the creation of logical devices Physical disks are bound to disk groups therefore there is no RAID level mixing on one disk group Storage Management Server implements disk group concept during virtual disk creation Functionally after a group of physical disks are used to
12. Encrypted This property displays whether the physical disk is encrypted to the controller The possible values are Yes and No For a non SED the value is N A Part Number This property displays the unique Bill Of Materials assignment number for a physical disk The characters 4 through 8 represent the Dell part number for that model drive Set Background Initialization Rate Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Set Background Initialization Rate task changes the amount of system resources dedicated to the background initialization task For more information on the background initialization task see Background Initialization on PERC Controllers The background initialization rate configurable between 0 and 100 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to running the background initialization task At 0 the background initialization has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A background initialization rate of 0 does not mean that the background initialization is stopped or paused At 100 the background initialization is the highest priority for the controller The background initialization time is minimized and is the setting with the most impact to system performance To change the controller s background initialization rate 1 Type a numerical value in the New Background Initial
13. For controller specific information on creating virtual disks see Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers and Virtual Disk Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers 5 Restore the backed up data from the original virtual disk onto the newly created virtual disk Related Information e Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers Other Disk Procedures e Replacing a Failed Disk e Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk or Physical Device e Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another e Troubleshooting 200 Physical Disks or Physical Devices Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about physical disks or physical device and execute physical disk or physical device tasks K NOTE Physical devices are applicable only to PCle SSD Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties The following table describes properties that may be displayed for physical disks or devices depending on the controller Table 12 1 Physical Disk Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical rs Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Power Status The following status of the physical drives These statuses are present only for H700 and H800 controllers These icons are not present in the Physical Disk for V
14. Present established Possible values are Yes and No Encryption Mode Indicates whether the controller is using Local Key Management LKM or None For more information see Manage Encryption Key Cache Memory Size This property displays the size of the controller s cache memory Controllers 109 Property Definition Patrol Read Mode Patrol Read State Patrol Read Rate Patrol Read Iterations 110 Controllers This property displays the Patrol Read mode setting for the controller Possible values are Auto When set to Auto a Patrol Read runs continuously on the system When one iteration of the Patrol Read is complete the next Patrol Read is scheduled to start within a period of time specified by the controller You do not have the option of manually starting or stopping the Patrol Read in Auto mode Manual When set to Manual you can start or stop the Patrol Read process Disabled This property indicates that the Patrol Read process is disabled For more information about Patrol Read see Set Patrol Read Mode and Start and Stop Patrol Read This property displays the current state of the Patrol Read process Possible values are Ready The Patrol Read process is enabled and runs when next scheduled or when manually initiated Active The Patrol Read process is currently running Stopped The Patrol Read has been stopped For more information about Patrol Read see Set Patrol Read M
15. RAID 10 RAID 10 Without additional disks Exceptions for Reconfiguring a Concatenated Virtual Disk on CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers You can create a concatenated virtual disk by performing a Split Mirror or an Unmirror on a RAID concatenated virtual disk After you have done so however the resulting concatenated virtual disks cannot be subjected to any further modification You cannot reconfigure or add disks to the resulting concatenated virtual disks Maintain Integrity of Redundant Virtual Disks Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The virtual disk Check Consistency task verifies the accuracy of the redundant parity information This task only applies to redundant virtual disks When necessary the Check Consistency task rebuilds the redundant data To verify a virtual disk s redundant information 1 Locate the controller on which the virtual disk resides in the tree view Expand the controller object until the Virtual Disks object is displayed 2 Select the Check Consistency task from the virtual disk s drop down menu and click Execute Virtual Disks 231 Rebuilding Redundant Information Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features If you have a redundant virtual disk you can reconstruct the contents of a failed physical disk onto a new disk or a hot spare A rebuild can take place during normal operation but it degrades performance The fol
16. Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks e SMART Thermal Shutdown Enclosure Management Modules EMMs The Enclosure Management Modules EMMs that are installed in the enclosure are displayed under the EMMs object in the tree view You can select the EMMs object to display the individual EMM modules and their status information The enclosure may contain one or more EMMs The EMM modules monitor components of the enclosure These components include e Fans e Power supplies e Temperature probes e The insertion or removal of a physical disk e The LEDs on the enclosure When the enclosure s alarm is enabled the EMM activates the alarm when certain conditions occur For more information on enabling the alarm and the conditions that activate the alarm see Enable Alarm Enclosure For more information on EMMs see the enclosure hardware documentation All EMM modules in the enclosure should have the same version of firmware You can view the properties of each individual EMM module to verify the firmware version Enclosures and Backplanes 157 SMART Thermal Shutdown Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Enclosure management provides a feature which automatically shuts down the operating system the server and the enclosure when the enclosure s temperature reaches dangerous extremes The temperature when shutdown occurs is determined by the enclosure temperature probe s Minimum Failure Thresho
17. more information see Considerations for Concatenated to RAID 1 Reconfiguration on CERC SATAI 5 6ch Controllers Resynching Paused A consistency check has been paused on the virtual disk Regenerating A physical disk in the virtual disk is rebuilding Reconstructing The virtual disk configuration has changed The physical disks included in the virtual disk are being modified to support the new configuration Failed The virtual disk has encountered a failure of one or more components and is no longer functioning Failed Redundancy This state is displayed when the initial consistency check for the virtual disk is cancelled or is not successful This state may also be displayed when a RAID 1 RAID 10 or RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk suffers a physical disk failure In addition there are other conditions related to disk failures and the firmware that can cause a virtual disk to display a Failed Redundancy state When a virtual disk is in Failed Redundancy state performing a Check Consistency may return the virtual disk to a Ready state This state only applies to virtual disks on a CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controller Virtual Disks Property Definition Partitions Virtual Disk Bad Block Encrypted Hot Spare Policy Violated Layout Size Background Initialization A background initialization is being performed on the virtual disk Formatting The virtual disk is being formatted Form
18. setting NOTE For more information on how often the Patrol Read task runs when in Auto mode refer to your controller documentation Manual Setting the mode to Manual enables you to start and stop the Patrol Read when you want using the Start and Stop Patrol Read tasks Setting the mode to Manual does not initiate the Patrol Read task If you have started the Patrol Read and the system reboots while the Patrol Read is running in Manual mode the Patrol Read does not restart Disabled Setting the mode to Disabled prevents the Patrol Read task from running on the system Controllers To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Set Patrol Read Mode from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties Aa WwW N Related Information Start and Stop Patrol Read Start and Stop Patrol Read Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features When the Patrol Read mode is set to manual you can start the Patrol Read task or stop the task when it is running There are certain conditions under which the Patrol Read task cannot be run For more information see Set Patrol Read Mode To start or stop the Patrol Read task Cl
19. 2s controller or on a controller that is in a cluster configuration you must specify the maximum virtual disk size 4 Click Continue to go to the next screen or Exit Wizard if you want to cancel To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Expand a controller object 3 Select the Virtual Disks object 4 Click Go To Create Virtual Disk Wizard Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 2 of 2 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen displays the virtual disk attributes and enables you to assign a dedicated hot spare to the virtual disk Do the following 1 Review the virtual disk attributes displayed in the Summary of Virtual Disk Attributes and the Selected Physical Disks sections of the screen These sections display the selections you made using Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 and the physical disks that the Express Wizard selected If you need to change a selection click Go Back To Previous Page to return to Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 K NOTE If a physical disk is receiving a SMART alert it cannot be used in a virtual disk For more information on SMART alerts see Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers 2 Review the Assign Dedicated Hot Spare section A hot spare is an unused backup physical disk that can be used to rebuild data from a redundant virtual disk For more i
20. 32 NA physical disks in a RAID 6 Maximum number of 256 256 256 NA 256 256 NA physical disks in a RAID 60 Minimum number of 4 4 4 4 4 4 NA physical disks in a RAID 6 Minimum number of 8 8 8 8 8 8 NA Supported RAID Levels Table A 34 RAID Levels Supported by the PERC H800 PERC H700 Adapter PERC H700 Integrated and PERC H700 Modu lar Controllers RAID Level PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH710 PERC PERC H310 H800 H810 H700 H710 Adapter Mini H710P Adapter Mini Adapter Adapter l Mini Monolithic Adapter Blade Mini ntegrated Blade Monolithic Modular Concatenation No No No No No No No RAID 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 50 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported Features 357 Table A 34 RAID Levels Supported by the PERC H800 PERC H700 Adapter PERC H700 Integrated and PERC H700 Modular Controllers RAID Level PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH710 PERC PERC H310 H800 H810 H700 H710 Adapter Mini H710P Adapter Mini Adapter Adapter l Mini Monolithic Adapter Blade Mini ntegrated Blade Monolithic Modular RAID 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 60 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Table A 35 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Read Write PERC PERC PERC H700 PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 and Cache H800 H810 Adapter Integr Adapter Mini H710
21. 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4 IM 4e Si and 4e Di controllers alert 2159 displays the original virtual disk name Cancel Rebuild Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Cancel Rebuild task to cancel a rebuild while it is in progress Change Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Change Policy task to change a virtual disk s read write or cache policy Changes to the read write and cache policy only apply to the virtual disk that you have selected This task does not change the policy for all virtual disks on the controller For more information see RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy You can also modify the physical disk cache policy using this command Replace Member Disk Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Replace Member Disk task to copy data from a physical disk which is a member of a virtual disk to another physical disk by providing the Replace Member Configuration option You can initiate multiple copies of data from different array groups For more information see Virtual Disk Task Replace Member Disk Step 1 of 2 244 Virtual Disks Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks task to clear bad blocks on your virtual disk This feature is applicable to PERC H700 H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini
22. 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controllers To online or offline the physical disk 1 Review the physical disk that must be made online or offline When making a physical disk offline be aware that there can be data loss Back up your data if necessary If you want to blink the physical disk click the Blink button 2 Click Online or Offline when ready or click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure or Backplane object Select the Physical Disks object ao Aa U N Select Online or Offline from the Available Tasks drop down menu of the physical disk you want to make online or offline 7 Click Execute Clear Physical Disk and Cancel Clear Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the clear physical disk task to erase data residing on a physical disk The Clear task applies to physical disks that are in Ready state and that contain data or that are in Clear state Physical Disks or Physical Devices 213 K NOTE A physical disk may display the Clear state if it is a member of a virtual disk that is being slow initialized Performing a Cancel Clear task on the physical disk causes the Slow Initialize task to be cancelled for the entire virtual disk For more information see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize and Co
23. After you have created the integrated mirror using the controller BIOS the operating system sees the mirror as a virtual disk and a virtual disk object for the mirror is displayed in the Storage Management tree view Expanding the Virtual Disks object displays the disks included in the mirror These physical disks are no longer individually visible to the operating system K NOTE On replacing a SMART error drive with a good drive on PERC4 IM controllers it is necessary to perform a rescan operation on the controller for Storage Management to display the correct status of the newly inserted drive 100 Controllers Background Initialization on PERC Controllers On PERC controllers background initialization of a redundant virtual disk begins automatically within 0 to 5 minutes after the virtual disk is created The background initialization of a redundant virtual disk prepares the virtual disk to maintain redundant data and improves write performance For example after the background initialization of a RAID 5 virtual disk completes the parity information has been initialized After the background initialization of a RAID 1 virtual disk completes the physical disks are mirrored The background initialization process helps the controller identify and correct problems that may occur with the redundant data at a later time In this regard the background initialization process is similar to a check consistency The background initialization
24. Clear state if the physical disk or device is a member of a virtual disk that is being slow initialized For more information see Clear Physical Disk and Cancel Clear and Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize SMART Alert Detected A SMART alert predictive failure has been detected on the physical disk or device The physical disk or device may fail and should be replaced This state applies to physical disks or devices attached to non RAID controllers Unknown The physical disk or device has failed or is in an unusable state In some cases the physical disk or device can be returned to a usable state by performing an Initialize task If the Initialize task does not appear on the physical disk or device drop down menu then this disk or device cannot be recovered Foreign The physical disk has been moved from another controller and contains all or some portion of a virtual disk foreign configuration A physical disk or device that has lost communication with the controller due to a power loss faulty cable or other failure event may also display the Foreign state For more information see Foreign Configuration Operations Unsupported The physical disk or device is using an unsupported technology or it may not be certified by Dell The physical disk cannot be managed by Storage Management Physical Disks or Physical Devices 203 Property Definition Replacing A Replace Member Disk task is being performed
25. Configuration on the physical disks is not recognized by the RAID firmware Orphan drive A physical disk in the foreign configuration has configuration information that matches another physical disk that is already a part of an array either a foreign or a native array NOTE For other applicable physical disk tasks and properties see Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks Layout This property displays the RAID level of the foreign configuration Controllers 121 Property Definition Remarks This property gives more information about the foreign virtual disk If the virtual disk cannot be imported the reason for failure is displayed e Exceeded Maximum The number of virtual disks selected for import has exceeded the maximum number of supported disks e Missing physical disk or missing span One or more physical disks or spans in the virtual disk to be imported is missing Unsupported The selected RAID level is not supported on this controller Orphan Drive The physical disk was once part of a RAID volume but was replaced The configuration should be cleared Stale Physical Disk The physical disk in the virtual disk to be imported has outdated data Partially Foreign The virtual disk is part of an already existing configuration Some physical disks in this virtual disk are foreign Dedicated Hot This property displays whether the foreign disk is a dedicated hot Spare spare Based on
26. Connector Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features On a SCSI controller this task rescans the controller connectors to verify the currently connected devices or to recognize new devices that have been added to the connectors Performing a rescan on a connector is similar to performing a rescan on the controller For information on scheduling a rescan see Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes K NOTE Rescan is not supported on non RAID SCSI controllers You must reboot the system before Storage Management can see configuration changes on non RAID SCSI controllers Otherwise configuration changes are not reflected in the Storage Management graphical user interface GUI To rescan a controller connector 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select a Connector object 2 3 4 Select the Information Configuration subtab 5 Select Rescan from the Available Tasks drop down menu 6 Click Execute Connector Components For information on attached components see Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Logical Connector Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about the logical connector connector in redundant path mode and to execute connector tasks Logical Connector Properties The connector properties can vary depending on the model of the controller Connector properties may include Connectors 187
27. Disks Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features You can reconfigure or migrate a virtual disk in order to increase the disks capacity or change its RAID level 226 Virtual Disks To reconfigure a virtual disk 1 Review the information in Starting and Target RAID Levels for Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion 2 Locate the controller on which the virtual disk resides in the tree view Expand the controller object until the Virtual Disks object is displayed 3 Select the Reconfigure task from the virtual disk s drop down menu and click Execute 4 Complete the Reconfigure task using the Reconfigure wizard For more information see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 2 of 3 Starting and Target RAID Levels for Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion After you have created a virtual disk the possibilities for reconfiguring the virtual disk depend on the controller RAID level and available physical disks The following table describes the possible scenarios for reconfiguring a virtual disk For more information on the RAID levels see Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation Table 13 1 Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion Controller Starting RAID Level Target RAID Level Comments PERC 4 SC PERC RAID 0 RAID 0 Add at least one 4 DC PERC additional disk 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si PERC 4e Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i PERC 4 SC PERC RAID 0 on a single
28. Does Not Work A rebuild does not work in the following situations 298 Troubleshooting The virtual disk is non redundant For example a RAID 0 virtual disk cannot be rebuilt because RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy There is no hot spare assigned to the virtual disk As long as the virtual disk is redundant to rebuild it Pull out the failed physical disk and replace it A rebuild automatically starts on the new disk Assign a hot spare to the virtual disk and then perform a rebuild You are attempting to rebuild onto a hot spare that is too small Different controllers have different size requirements for hot spares For more information on disk size requirements see Considerations for Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 I and CERC 6 1 Controllers and Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATAI 5 6ch S100 and 300 Controllers The hot spare has been unassigned from the virtual disk This could happen on some controllers if the hot spare was assigned to more than one virtual disk and has already been used to rebuild a failed physical disk for another virtual disk For more information see Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATAI 5 6ch S100 and 300 Controllers On SCSI controllers both redundant and non redundant virtual disks reside on the same set of physical disks On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC and 4 Di controllers a rebuild is not pe
29. Features This section identifies the features supported by the enclosure or backplane e Enclosure and Backplane Tasks e Enclosure and Backplane Support for Smart Thermal Shutdown For information on controller supported features see Supported Features on the PERC 4 Controllers Supported Features on the CERC SATA Controllers Supported Features on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers e Supported Features on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers e Supported Features on the PERC H310 Adapter A PERC H310 Mini Monolithic MM PERC H310 Mini Blades MB Controllers see Supported Features on the PERC Hardware Controllers 376 Supported Features Supported Features on the PERC H700 PERC H710 A PERC H710 MB PERC H710 MM PERC H710P A PERC H710P MB and PERC H710P MM Controllers see Supported Features on the PERC Hardware Controllers Supported Features on the PERC H800 and PERC H810 A Controllers see Supported Features on the PERC Hardware Controllers Enclosure and Backplane Tasks Table A 59 Enclosure Tasks for PowerVault controllers Enclosure PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault Tasks 20xS and 220S and MD1000 MD1120 MD1200 MD1220 21xS 221S Storage Storage Enable No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Alarm Disable No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Alarm Set Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Temperature Probe Values Set Asset Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Data includes asset ta
30. Full Initialization and Prepare to Remove are not displayed in the Tasks drop down list 4 Click OK After the device is added to the cache pool the Part of Cache Pool displays Active K NOTE PCle SSDs cannot be partitioned and must be used entirely as cache Remove PCle SSDs from Fluid Cache Pool To remove a PCle SSD from a cache pool 1 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt PCIe SSD SubSystem Enclosure Backplane Physical Devices The Physical devices on PCIe SSD SubSystem page is displayed with the available list of physical disks 2 From the list of Tasks corresponding to the physical disk to which you want add the PCIe SSD select the Remove from Cache Pool option 72 PCI Express Solid State Device Support 3 Click Execute to remove the PCIe SSD The following message is displayed Device will be removed from Fluid Cache Pool Are you sure you want to proceed 4 Click OK Once the device removal is initiated from the cache pool any dirty data is moved to the back end disk While the data migration is in progress OMSS displays a transient removal state After the device is removed from the cache pool the Part of Cache Pool attribute is Not Enabled When the last but one PCIe SSD is removed from the Fluid Cache pool the cache pool high availability changes from True to False indicating that the cache pool is Write Through capable only and the operational cache mode
31. Getting Started e Understanding RAID Concepts e Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks For information on Storage Management alerts see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals What s New in this Release This release of Storage Management provides the following new features e Added support for Fluid Cache for DAS for configuring and monitoring Fluid Cache using PCIe SSDs e Added support for the following operating systems Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 1 and 6 2 SuSE Linux 11 SP2 e Added support for configuring Fluid Cache using PCIe SSDs Overview 23 Before Installing Storage Management The following sections describe considerations for installing Storage Management Version Requirements for Controller Firmware and Drivers In order for Storage Management to function properly the controllers must have the minimum required version of the firmware and drivers installed The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com K NOTE To download the latest storport driver see the Microsoft Knowledge Base article KB 943545 at support microsoft com If you install Storage Management without the minimum required firmware and drivers
32. How do Recover from Removing the Wrong Physical Diskk 005 314 How do Identify the Firmware Version that is installed 0 314 Which ControllersdolHave 314 How do I TurnoffanAlarm 315 Which RAID level is Bestforme 315 18 Contents A Supported Features 317 Supported Features on the PERC 4 Controllers 317 Controller Tasks 004 317 Battery Tasks 02 319 Connector Tasks 0 4 319 Physical Disk Tasks 320 Virtual Disk Tasks 321 Virtual Disk Specifications 323 Supported RAID Levels 326 Read Write and Disk Cache Policy 327 Enclosure Support 328 Supported Features on the CERC SATA Controllers 0 04 328 Controller Tasks 004 328 Battery Tasks 2 329 Connector Tasks 4 330 Physical Disk Tasks 330 Virtual Disk Tasks 331 Virtual Disk Specifications 332 Supported RAID Levels 334 Read Write and Disk Cache Policy 334 Enclosure Support 335 Supported Features on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 lControllers 335 Controller Tasks 004 336 Battery Tasks 2 338 Connector Tasks 4 33
33. Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H810 Adapter Starting RAID Level Target RAID Level PERC 6 E PERC RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 5 Comments Add a single disk Add at least one additional disk Virtual Disks 229 Table 13 1 Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion continued Controller SAS 6 iR 230 Starting RAID Level Target RAID Level RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 6 N A Virtual Disks RAID 6 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 6 N A Comments RAID 6 requires a minimum of 4 disks Reconfiguration from RAID 0 to RAID 6 requires at least 2 additional disks even when this exceeds the 4 disk minimum required by RAID 6 With or without adding additional disks Add at least one additional disk RAID 6 requires a minimum of 4 disks With or without adding additional disks Add at least one additional disk RAID 6 requires a minimum of 4 disks With or without adding additional disks Add at least one additional disk N A Table 13 1 Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion continued Controller Starting RAID Level Target RAID Level Comments PERC S100 S110 RAID 0 RAID 0 With or without and 300 additional disks RAID 1 RAID 1 Without additional disks RAID 5 RAID 5 With or without additional disks
34. Number of 4 4 4 4 4 4 Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Minimum Number of 6 6 6 6 6 6 Physical Disks in a RAID 50 Maximum number of NA NA 32 32 32 32 physical disks in a RAID 6 Maximum number of NA NA 256 256 256 256 physical disks in a RAID 60 Supported Features 343 Table A 24 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers continued Virtual Disk PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERCG6 E PERC6 I PERC6 I CERC 6 I Specification Modular Minimum number of NA NA 4 4 4 4 physical disks in a RAID 6 Minimum number of NA NA 8 8 8 8 physical disks in a RAID 60 Supported RAID Levels Table A 25 RAID Levels Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers RAID Level PERC 5 E PERC 5 l PERC 6 E PERC6 I PERCG6 I CERC 6 I Modular Concatenation No No No No No No RAID 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 50 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 6 No No Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 60 No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Table A 26 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers Read Write and Cache PERC5 E PERC 5 1 PERC6 E PERC 6 1 PERC 6 I CERC 6 I Policy Modular Cache settings Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 344 Supported Features Table A 26 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 an
35. PERC 4 Controllers Read Write and Disk Cache Policy PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM 4 sc 4 DC 4 DI Cache settings Read Policy Read Ahead Enabled Adaptive Read Ahead No Read Ahead Disabled Write Policy Write Back Enabled Write Through Disabled Force Write Back Enabled Always Write Cache Enabled Protected Disk Cache Policy Cache I O Direct I O Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Supported Features 327 Enclosure Support Table A 9 Enclosure Support on the PERC 4 Controllers Enclosure PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Support 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Cananenclosure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No be attached to this controller Supported Features on the CERC SATA Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the CERC SATA 1 5 2s and CERC SATAI 5 6ch controllers e Controller Tasks e Battery Tasks e Connector Tasks e Physical Disk Tasks e Vi
36. RAID 60 Supported Features 365 Table A 43 Virtual Disk Specifications for the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Minimum number of physical disks NA NA NA ina RAID6 Minimum number of physical disks NA NA NA ina RAID 60 Maximum number of disks in 8 8 14 configured state part of a virtual disk or hot spares Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Table A 44 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Read Write and Cache Policy SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Cache settings No No No Read Policy No No No Read Ahead Enabled No No No Adaptive Read Ahead No No No No Read Ahead Disabled No No No Write Policy No No No Write Back No No No Write Through No No No Force Write Back Enabled Always No No No Write Cache Enabled Protected No No No Cache Policy No No No Disk Cache Policy Yes Yes Yes Cache I O No No No Direct I O No No No 366 Supported Features Enclosure Support Table A 45 Enclosure Support on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Enclosure Support SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Can an enclosure be attached to this No No No controller Supported Features 367 Supported Features on the PERC 100 PERC 110 and 300 Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosur
37. See Supported Features If you do not have a suitable backup available and if the failed disk is part of a virtual disk on a controller that supports the Online physical disk task then you can attempt to retrieve data by selecting Online from the failed disk s drop down task menu The Online command attempts to force the failed disk back into a Online state If you are able to force the disk into a Online state you may be able to recover individual files How much data you can recover depends on the extent of disk damage File recovery is only possible if a limited portion of the disk is damaged There is no guarantee you is able to recover any data using this method A forced Online does not fix a failed disk You should not attempt to write new data to the virtual disk 296 Troubleshooting After retrieving any viable data from the disk replace the failed disk as described previously in Replacing a Failed Disk that is Part of a Redundant Virtual Disk or Replacing a Failed Physical Disk that is Part of a Non Redundant Virtual Disk Replacing a Failed Physical Disk in a RAID 1 on a CERC SATA1 5 2s On a CERC SATALI 5 2s controller a rebuild may not start automatically when you replace a failed physical disk that is part of a RAID virtual disk In this circumstance use the following procedure to replace the failed physical disk and rebuild the redundant data 1 Turn off the system 2 Disconnect the SATA cable on the failed
38. Set Check Consistency Rate Set Reconstruct Rate Set Patrol Read Mode Start and Stop Patrol Read Manage Preserved Cache Controllers e Change Controller Properties e Manage Physical Disk Power e Manage Encryption Key Convert to RAID Capable Disks e Convert to Non RAID Disks Available Reports To view a report 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object 2 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select a report from the Select Report drop down menu 5 Click Execute Available Reports e Patrol Read Report e Check Consistency Report e Slot Occupancy Report Rescan Controller Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features On SCSI controllers a rescan updates configuration changes such as new or removed devices for all components attached to the controller For information on when you may want to do a rescan see Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes NOTE Rescan Controller is not supported on non RAID SCSI controllers You must reboot the system before Storage Management can see configuration changes on non RAID SCSI controllers Otherwise configuration changes are not reflected in the Storage Management graphical user interface GUI Controllers 113 To rescan a controller Expand the tree view to display the controller object Select the Controller object Click the Configuration Information subtab Select Resca
39. State This property displays the current state of the physical disk 126 Controllers Property Definition After Import State Capacity This property displays the after import state of the physical disk The physical disk can be imported in any of the following states Online The physical disk is part of the imported virtual disk and functions normally Offline The physical disk is offline after import to the virtual disk Foreign The virtual disk containing the physical disk cannot be imported and the physical disk remains in foreign state Rebuild After import of virtual disk the physical disk rebuilds Replacing A Replace Member Disk task is performed on the physical disk For more information see Replace Member Disk and Revertible Hot Spare This property displays the full capacity of the disk Controllers 127 Property Definition Failure Predicted Progress 128 This property displays whether or not the physical disk has received a Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART alert and is therefore predicted to fail For more information on SMART predictive failure analysis see Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers For information on replacing the physical disk see Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts You may also want to review the Alert Log to see whether the physical disk has generated alerts pertaining to a SMART predictive fai
40. Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Driver Disk s m Compon sw A amp amp O amp A 384 Determining the Health Status for Storage Components Table B 6 Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Degraded Physical Disks are Failed or Rebuilding Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Driver Disk s m Health 1 amp noona Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Failed Table B 7 Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Failed Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Driver Disk s m Compon oc 2 amp 2 amp amp O amp OO Health m 9 9 Oo o U Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 385 Health Status Rollup Unsupported Firmware Version Table B 8 Health Status Rollup Unsupported Firmware Version Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Driver Disk s m Compon Saus A A Health GG a G Health Status Rollup Enclosure Power Supply Failed or Power Connection Removed Table B 9 Health Status Rollup Enclosure Power Supply Failed or Power Connection Removed Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e e Power Disks Disks m Supply Compon e
41. Storage Information and Global Tasks 87 Table 7 2 Controller Properties Property Definition Status This property displays the controller status ID This property displays the controller ID as reported by the omreport CLI command Name This property displays the name of the controller For more detailed information on a controller click its name Slot ID This property displays the slot to which the controller is attached On some controllers Storage Management is unable to display the slot ID In this case this property displays Slot Not Available For embedded controllers this property displays Embedded NOTE If Slot Not Available is displayed you can identify the slot ID by selecting the System Main System Chassis Slots object in the tree view and displaying the Information tab The Slot ID property on this tab may display the correct information State This property displays the current status of the controller Possible values are Ready The controller is functioning normally Degraded The controller has suffered a failure of a component and is operating in a degraded state Failed The controller has suffered a failure of one or more components and is no longer functioning Firmware Version This property displays the version of the controller s firmware The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these contro
42. This section applies to PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers In some situations a rebuild may complete successfully while also reporting errors This may occur when a portion of the disk containing redundant parity information is damaged The rebuild process can restore data from the healthy portions of the disk but not from the damaged portion When a rebuild is able to restore all data except data from damaged portions of the disk it indicates successful completion while also generating alert 2163 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals The rebuild may also report sense key errors In this situation take the following actions to restore the maximum data possible 1 Back up the degraded virtual disk onto a fresh unused tape If the backup is successful If the backup completes successfully then the user data on the virtual disk has not been damaged In this case you can continue with step 2 If the backup encounters errors If the backup encounters errors then the user data has been damaged and cannot be recovered from the virtual disk In this case the only possibility for recovery is to restore from a previous backup of the virtual disk 2 Perform a Check Consistency on the virtual disk that you have backed up onto tape 300 Troubleshooting 3 Restore the virtual disk from the tape onto healthy ph
43. To Reconfigure a Virtual Disk Changing the RAID Level and Size Step 2 of 3 1 Select the new RAID level for the virtual disk The available RAID levels depend on the number or physical disks selected and the controller The following describes possible RAID levels Depending on the controller Concatenated enables you to combine the storage capacity of several disks or to create a virtual disk using only a single physical disk For information on whether the controller supports a single physical disk or two or more when using Concatenated see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Using Concatenated does not provide data redundancy nor does it affect the read and write performance Select RAID 0 for striping This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n disks Data is stored to the disks alternately so that they are evenly distributed Data redundancy is not available in this mode Read and write performance is enhanced Select RAID 1 for mirroring disks This selection groups two disks together as one virtual disk with a capacity of one single disk The data is replicated on both disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function This feature provides data redundancy and good read performance but slightly slower write performance Your system must have at least two disks to use RAID 1 Select RAID 5 for striping with distributed parity This selection g
44. allows you to find a device within a system by blinking one of the LEDs on the device You can use this task to locate a failed device If you need to cancel the Blink task or if the physical device continues to blink Indefinitely use the Unblink task 70 PCI Express Solid State Device Support Full Initialization CAUTION Performing a full initialization on a PCle SSD overwrites all blocks and will result in permanent loss of all data on the PCle SSD K NOTE During full initialization the host is unable to access the PCle SSD K NOTE If the system reboots or experiences a power loss during full intialization the operation aborts You must reboot the system and restart the process Prepare to Remove Dell PCIe SSDs support orderly hot swap allowing you to add or remove a device without halting or rebooting the system in which the devices are installed K NOTE Orderly hot swap is only supported when PCle SSDs are installed in a supported Dell system running a supported operating system To ensure that you have the correct configuration for your PCle SSD see the system specific Owner s Manual at support dell com manuals A CAUTION The identify LED pattern blink operation is the same LED pattern as safe to remove When you initiate a prepare to remove operation ensure that your PCle SSD is no longer accessible by the system before you physically remove the PCle SSD A CAUTION To prevent data loss it is mandatory that
45. any controller that does not have a battery For more information see RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Click Continue to go to the next screen if you want to cancel the virtual disk click Exit Wizard If you want to return to the previous screen and change your selections click Go Back To Previous Page Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 4 of 4 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen displays the virtual disk attributes and enables you to assign a dedicated hot spare to the virtual disk Do the following 1 Review the virtual disk attributes displayed in the Summary of Virtual Disk Attributes and the Selected Physical Disks sections of the screen These sections display the selections you made using Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 and the physical disks that the Express Wizard selected If you need to change a selection click Go Back To Previous Page to return to Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 3 of 4 Virtual Disks 257 258 K NOTE If you have selected the Create Encrypted Virtual Disk check box in Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 then in the Summary of Virtual Disk Attributes an Encrypted Virtual Disk attribute is displayed with a value Yes Review the Assign Dedicated Hot Spare section A hot spare is an unused backup physical disk that can be used to rebuild data from a redundant virtual disk For mo
46. cache than they could from the disk Write back caching also entails a data security risk however since a system failure could prevent the data from being written to disk even though the controller has sent a write request completion signal In this case data may be lost Other applications may also experience problems when taking actions that assume the data is available on the disk K NOTE Storage Management does not allow you to select the Write Back policy for controllers that do not have a battery The only exception are PERC S100 and S300 This restriction protects a controller without a battery from the loss of data that may occur in the event of a power failure On some controllers the Write Back policy may be available in the controller BIOS even though it is not available in Storage Management Force Write Back When using force write back caching the write cache is enabled regardless of whether the controller has a battery If the controller does not have a battery and force write back caching is used data loss may occur in the event of a power failure e Write Back Enabled When using write back enabled caching the controller firmware disables the write cache if it does not detect the presence of a charged battery over a specified period of time For example on some controllers the write cache is disabled if the firmware cannot detect a charged battery within 72 hours 96 Controllers Write Through When using wr
47. cancel a rebuild the virtual disk remains in a degraded state The failure of an additional physical disk can cause the virtual disk to fail and may result in data loss It is recommended that you rebuild the failed physical disk as soon as possible K NOTE If you cancel the rebuild of a physical disk that is assigned as a hot spare you must reinitiate the rebuild on the same physical disk in order to restore the data Canceling the rebuild of a physical disk and then assigning another physical disk as a hot spare does not cause the newly assigned hot spare to rebuild the data You must reinitiate the rebuild on the physical disk that was the original hot spare Assign and Unassign Global Hot Spare Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features A global hot spare is an unused backup disk that is part of the disk group Hot spares remain in standby mode When a physical disk that is used in a virtual disk fails the assigned hot spare is activated to replace the failed physical disk without interrupting the system or requiring your intervention When a hot spare is activated it rebuilds the data for all redundant virtual disks that were using the failed physical disk You can change the hot spare assignment by unassigning a disk and choosing another disk as needed You can also assign more than one physical disk as a global hot spare K NOTE On SAS 6 iR controllers you cannot assign physical disks that have boot par
48. cause of the SMART alert The following alerts may be generated in response to a SMART alert 2094 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals On a PERC4 IM controller when replacing a drive that displays a SMART error with another drive it is necessary to perform a rescan operation on the controller for Storage Management to display the correct status of the newly inserted drive Displays the firmware version of the drive Displays the version number of the driver Displays the health status of the physical device Displays the model number of the physical device Displays the capacity of the physical device Fluid Cache for DAS 79 Table 6 4 Physical Device Properties continued Properties Description Vendor ID Displays the name of the physical device vendor Product ID Displays the product ID of the device Serial No Displays the serial number of the device Negotiated Speed Displays the speed of data transfer that the device negotiated during initial communication The negotiated speed depends on the speed of the device the capable speed of the PCle extender card and the current speed of the PCle extender card on that connector Capable Speed Displays the highest possible speed at which the device can transfer data Statistics Cache 1 0 Statistics The statistics page allows
49. channels or ports available for configuring the virtual disk K NOTE If you have selected the Create Encrypted Virtual Disk check box in Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 then only encrypted physical disks are displayed Else both encrypted as well as unencrypted physical disks are displayed The following is an example of what might be displayed Connector 0 The Connector section of the screen displays the controller s connectors and the disks attached to each connector Select the disks to be included in the virtual disk In this example the controller has a single connector with five disks e Physical disk 0 0 e Physical disk 0 1 e Physical disk 0 2 e Physical disk 0 3 e Physical disk 0 4 254 Virtual Disks Physical Disks Selected The Physical Disks Selected section of the screen displays the disks you have chosen In this example two disks are selected e Physical disk 0 0 e Physical disk 0 1 Each RAID level has specific requirements for the number of disks that must be selected RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 also have requirements for how many disks must be included in each stripe or span If the controller is a SAS controller with firmware versions 6 1 and later and you selected RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 the user interface displays the following e Select All Disks check box Enables you to select all the physical disks in all the enclosures Enclosure check box Enables you to s
50. controller initiates read ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk the controller reverts to no read ahead policy The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and can initiate read ahead if necessary e Read Cache Enabled When the read cache is enabled the controller reads the cache information to see if the requested data is available in the cache before retrieving the data from the disk Reading the cache information first can provide faster read performance because the data if available in the cache can more quickly be retrieved from the cache than from the disk e Read Cache Disabled When the read cache is disabled the controller retrieves data directly from the disk and not from the cache Controllers 95 Write Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The write policies specify whether the controller sends a write request completion signal as soon as the data is in the cache or after it has been written to disk e Write Back When using write back caching the controller sends a write request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk Write back caching may provide improved performance since subsequent read requests can more quickly retrieve data from the controller
51. data is rebuilt onto the hot spare without interrupting system operations Understanding Hot Spares A hot spare is an unused backup physical disk that can be used to rebuild data from a redundant virtual disk Hot spares remain in standby mode When a physical disk that is used in a redundant virtual disk fails the assigned hot spare is activated to replace the failed physical disk without interrupting the system or requiring your intervention If a virtual disk using the failed physical disk is not redundant then the data is permanently lost without any method unless you have a backup to restore the data Hot spare implementation is different for different controllers For more information e Considerations for Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 1 and CERC 6 1 Controllers e Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch S100 and S300 Controllers e Global Hot Spare Considerations on a SAS 6 iR The following sections describe procedures for assigning a hot spare e Assign and Unassign Global Hot Spare e Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Protecting Your Virtual Disk witha Hot Spare 281 Setting Hot Spare Protection Policy The Hot Spare Protection Policy is supported only on Serial Attached SCSI SAS controllers The Hot Spare Protection Policy provides you with a higher protection level for the virtual disks by enabling you to specify the number of dedi
52. data to the physical disk cache before writing it to the physical disk Because it is faster to write data to the cache than to a disk enabling this feature can improve system performance The cache policies are e Enabled Specifies that the disk cache policy is enabled Disabled Specifies that the disk cache policy is disabled K NOTE For virtual disks based on SATA drives the default Disk Cache Policy is Enabled and for virtual disks based on SAS drives it is Disabled K NOTE For SAS 6i R and PERC H200 family of controllers disk cache policy setting is available only after creating the virtual disk Cluster enabled RAID Controllers K NOTE This section applies to PERC 4 DC and 4e DC cards Storage Management supports PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers that have Microsoft Cluster Server MSCS enabled A cluster refers to two or more servers that are connected so that their resources can be shared and accessed as if the clustered servers were a single machine Clusters provide increased availability because when one server in the cluster experiences downtime another server can take over the processing and workload requests of the failed server K NOTE Storage Management does not configure resource ownership in an Microsoft Windows cluster configuration 98 Controllers Updating the Display of Clustered Resources This section applies to PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers After a failover of cluster resources it
53. disk is failed and cannot be imported In addition to virtual disks a foreign configuration may consist of a physical disk that was assigned as a hot spare on one controller and then moved to another controller The Import Foreign Configuration task imports the new physical disk as a hot spare If the physical disk was a dedicated hot spare on the previous controller but the virtual disk to which the hot spare was assigned is no longer present in the foreign configuration then the physical disk is imported as a global hot spare The Import Foreign Configuration task is only displayed when the controller has detected a foreign configuration You can also identify whether or not a physical disk contains a foreign configuration virtual disk or hot spare by checking the physical disk state If the physical disk state is Foreign then the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk or has a hot spare assignment If you have an incomplete foreign configuration which cannot be imported you can use the Clear Foreign Configuration option to erase the foreign data on the physical disks K NOTE The task of importing foreign configuration imports all virtual disks residing on physical disks that have been added to the controller If more than one foreign virtual disk is present you cannot choose which one to import All foreign configurations are imported Controllers 123 Importing Recovering Foreign Configurations The re
54. disk is in a Failed Redundancy state running a check consistency may be able to return the virtual disk to a Ready state K NOTE On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers the controller firmware uses the rebuild rate setting to control the system resource allocation for the Check Consistency task For more information see Set Rebuild Rate Cancel Check Consistency Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Cancel Check Consistency task to stop a check consistency operation that is in progress K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers reconfiguring a concatenated virtual disk to a RAID 1 may cause the virtual disk to be in Resynching state Performing a Pause Check Consistency or a Cancel Check Consistency on a virtual disk while it is in Resynching state causes the virtual disk to be in a Failed Redundancy state For more information see Considerations for Concatenated to RAID 1 Reconfiguration on CERC SATA1 5 6ch Controllers 242 Virtual Disks Pause Check Consistency Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Pause Check Consistency task to pause a check consistency while it is in progress K NOTE The Pause Check Consistency task updates the virtual disk State property to Resynching Paused immediately The Progress property may continue to increment for up to three seconds This time delay occurs because the polling task may take up t
55. enabled or disabled For more information see Enable Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown Global Tasks To execute a global task select the task from the Global Tasks drop down menu and click Execute Storage Information and Global Tasks 85 Global Tasks e Global Rescan Enable Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown e Setting Hot Spare Protection Policy Global Rescan A global rescan updates configuration changes such as new or removed devices for all SCSI controllers and their attached components For information on when you may want to do a rescan see Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes K NOTE Global Rescan is not supported on non RAID controllers You must reboot the system before Storage Management can see configuration changes on non RAID SCSI controllers Otherwise configuration changes are not reflected in the Storage Management graphical user interface GUI K NOTE The Global Rescan task updates the Information Configuration subtab with any configuration changes To update the tree view click the server name which is displayed above the tree view K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers if you pause a check consistency that is being performed on a virtual disk then the virtual disk state changes to Resynching Paused Performing a Global Rescan while a virtual disk is in Resynching Paused state may cause the check consistency to resume In this case the virtual disk state changes to Resynching
56. enclosures and their components In addition to managing the physical disks contained in the enclosure you can monitor the status of the enclosure s fans power supply and temperature probes You can view these components by expanding the controller Connector and enclosure objects in the Storage Management tree view Storage management allows hot plugging of enclosures Hot plugging is defined as the adding of a component to a system while the operating system is still running K NOTE This feature requires that the physical devices connected to the controller have the latest firmware For the latest supported firmware see support dell com After you hot plug or hot reconfigure an enclosure refresh the left tree to display changes in status and configuration a system reboot is not required K NOTE Storage Management does not allow hot removal of enclosures You must reboot the system to effect this change in Storage Management Enclosures and Backplanes 155 Storage Management displays the properties of the enclosure s fans power supply and temperature probes Storage Management also notifies you of enclosure status changes through alerts that are displayed in the Alert Log The following sections provide more information on the enclosure components and management features provided by Storage Management e SMART Thermal Shutdown e Enclosure Physical Disks e Enclosure Fans e Enclosure Power Supplies Enclosure T
57. has a preexisting virtual disk configuration on attached physical disks use the following procedure for clearing the configuration Turn off the receiving server Remove all the physical disks from the controller Start up the receiving server and clear the configuration from the controller BIOS After making the changes power down the server when it indicates to reboot the system If the receiving controller does not have a preexisting virtual disk configuration then turn off its server Place the physical disks into the new enclosure Start up the system connected to the receiving controller When the system connected to the new enclosure comes up use the BIOS access lt Ctrl M gt to update the controller configuration with the information saved on the physical disks Exiting the BIOS access requires one more reboot of the system The migration is complete The virtual disk is now manageable through Storage Management Continue with Saving the New Controller Configuration Saving the New Controller Configuration Use the following procedure to enter the controller BIOS configuration screens to save the new configuration 1 2 Reboot the PowerEdge server Enter the PowerEdge RAID Controller BIOS by pressing lt Ctrl M gt when prompted during the power on self test POST of the controller during the bootup sequence Select the Configure menu option and press lt Enter gt Select View Add Configurat
58. in the event of a power failure When using the Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard on a controller without a battery the wizard either displays Write Cache Disabled as the only available option or the wizard does not display any option for write policy Write Cache Disabled This is the only available option if the controller does not have a functional battery Cache Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Direct I O and Cache I O cache policies apply to reads on a specific virtual disk These settings do not affect the read ahead policy The cache policies are as follows Cache I O Specifies that all reads are buffered in cache memory Controllers 97 Direct I O Spccifies that reads are not buffered in cache memory When using direct I O data is transferred to the controller cache and the host system simultaneously during a read request If a subsequent read request requires data from the same data block it can be read directly from the controller cache The direct I O setting does not override the cache policy settings Direct I O is also the default setting K NOTE Cache policy is not supported on any controller that does not have a battery Disk Cache Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Set the physical disk caching policy of all members of a Virtual Disk by enabling the Disk Cache Policy When this feature is enabled the physical disk writes
59. in the tree view and click the Information Configuration tab The Information Configuration tab displays the Express Service Code and other enclosure properties e Preparing a physical disk for removal The task that enables you to prepare a physical disk for removal is a physical disk command See Prepare to Remove e Troubleshooting For general information on troubleshooting procedures see Troubleshooting e Removing the wrong physical disk You can avoid removing the wrong physical disk by blinking the LED display of the disk you intend to remove See Blink and Unblink Physical Disk Enclosures and Backplanes 159 e If you have already removed the wrong physical disk see Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk e Identifying an Open Connector for the Enclosure e Checking the Enclosure s Temperature e Verifying the Enclosure s EMM Firmware Version Enclosure and Backplane Health This screen displays the status of the enclosure or backplane and the components attached to the enclosure or backplane Enclosure and Backplane Status Component status is indicated by the severity A component with a Warning or Critical Failure status requires immediate attention to avoid data loss if possible A component s status may indicate the combined status of the component and its lower level objects For more information see Determining the Health Status for Storage Components It may be useful to review the Alert L
60. initiate select one of the following from the Available Tasks drop down menu Clic Format Initialize Slow Initialize Fast Initialize k Execute Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Delete Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Deleting a virtual disk destroys all information including file systems and volumes residing on the virtual disk K NOTE When deleting virtual disks all assigned global hot spares may be automatically unassigned when the last virtual disk associated with the controller is deleted When deleting the last virtual disk of a disk group all assigned dedicated hot spares automatically become global hotspares To delete a virtual disk To identify which physical disks are included in the virtual disk click Blink The LED lights on the physical disks blink for 30 to 60 seconds When deleting a virtual disk the following considerations apply There are particular considerations for deleting a virtual disk from a cluster enabled controller Review the Creating and Deleting Virtual Disks on Cluster enabled Controllers before attempting to delete the virtual disk e It is recommended that you reboot the system after deleting the virtual disk Rebooting the system ensures that the operating system recognizes the disk configuration correctly e Jf you delete a virtual disk and immediately create a new virtual disk with all the same characteristics as the one that was deleted t
61. is the number of disks within each span RAID 60 provides increased data protection and better read performance but slower write performance 2 Select the Create Encrypted Virtual Disk check box to ensure only encrypted physical disks are used to create the virtual disk 3 Click Continue to go to the next screen or Exit Wizard if you want to cancel To locate this task in Storage Management a FF WwW N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Click Go To Create Virtual Disk Wizard Click Go To Advanced Wizard Virtual Disks 253 Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen enables you to select which disks is used to create the virtual disk The items displayed on this screen depend on the selections you made in Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 K NOTE If a physical disk is receiving a SMART alert it cannot be used in a virtual disk For more information on SMART alerts see Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers K NOTE For a controller that has more than one channel it may be possible to configure a virtual disk that is channel redundant For more information see Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown Depending on the RAID level you selected and the virtual disk size this screen displays the disks and connectors
62. more than 64 virtual disks on a controller After you have reached this limit you can no longer reconfigure any of the virtual disks on the controller But for IR and PERC H200 controllers you can create only two virtual disks K NOTE On Linux operating systems if you do a reconfigure on the same controller on which the operating system resides you may experience extremely slow system performance until the reconfiguration is complete K NOTE You may want to review Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers This section contains considerations that also apply to reconfiguring a virtual disk on these controllers Virtual Disks 259 To Reconfigure a Virtual Disk Step 1 of 3 1 Select the physical disks that you want to include in the virtual disk You can expand the virtual disk s capacity by adding additional physical disks On some controllers you can also remove physical disks The changes you make to the physical disk selection are displayed in the Selected Physical Disks table NOTE For a controller that has more than one channel it may be possible to configure a virtual disk that is channel redundant For more information see Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown NOTE For PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PER
63. number of PCIe SSDs that is part of the Fluid Cache pool Table 6 4 Physical Device Properties Properties Description ID Displays the physical device ID as reported by the omreport CLI command Status Displays the status of the physical device Name Displays the name of the physical device State Indicates whether the physical device is ready or not Device Name Bus Protocol Part of Cache Pool Device Life Remaining Displays t he operating system device name for the physical device Displays t he bus protocol used with the physical device Indicates whether the physical device is a part of the cache pool or not Displays the percentage of the disk life available 78 Fluid Cache for DAS Table 6 4 Physical Device Properties continued Properties Description Failure Predicted Revision Driver Version Device Life Status Model Number Capacity Displays whether the physical disk has received a Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART alert and is therefore predicted to fail For more information on SMART predictive failure analysis see Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers For information on replacing the physical disk see Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts You may also want to review the Alert Log to see if the physical disk has generated alerts pertaining to a SMART predictive failure These alerts can assist you in identifying the
64. number of the EMM module 172 Enclosures and Backplanes Property Definition Type Firmware Version SCSI Rate This property indicates whether the EMM is a SCSI SES Module or a SCSI Terminator SCSI SES Module A SCSI SES Module provides SES and SAFTE reporting to the host server control of all system LED indicators and monitoring of all environmental elements such as temperature sensors cooling modules and power supplies SCSI Terminator The SCSI Terminator card is only used if the PowerVault 220S or PowerVault 221S enclosure is not configured with a redundant SCSI SES Module type of EMM In systems equipped with two SCSI SES Modules the SCSI termination is done through the EMMs This property indicates the version of the firmware loaded on the EMM All EMM modules in the enclosure should have the same level of firmware NOTE For multiple backplanes the firmware version appears as upstream and downstream versions This property displays the maximum SCSI speed that the EMM ina SCSI enclosure supports Fan Properties Use this window to view information about the enclosure s fans The fans are a component of the enclosure s cooling module The following table describes the fan properties Enclosures and Backplanes 173 Table 9 4 Fan Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component wv Normal OK A Warning Non
65. or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Name This property displays the name of the foreign configuration and is available as a link The link enables you to access the physical disks that constitute the foreign disk 120 Controllers Property Definition State This property displays the current state of the foreign configuration Ready The foreign disk can be imported and functions normally after import Degraded The foreign disk is in degraded state and rebuilds after import Failed The foreign disk has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning You cannot import the foreign configuration The foreign configuration may be in degraded or failed state due to any of the following reasons Missing physical disk One of the physical disks in the potential virtual disk is missing or not available Missing Span One or more span of a hybrid virtual disk is missing Stale physical disks One or more physical disk in the configuration may contain out of date data with respect to other disks of that virtual disk Hence the data integrity of the imported virtual disk is not intact Unsupported configuration of the virtual disk The virtual disk has an unsupported RAID level The virtual disks available for import exceed the number of virtual disk available for export Incompatible physical disks
66. physical disk in the RAID 1 virtual disk 3 Replace the failed physical disk with a formatted physical disk You can format the physical disk using the Disk Utilities in the controller BIOS You may not need to format the entire physical disk Formatting 1 of the disk may be sufficient 4 Reboot the system When rebooted the RAID 1 virtual disk should display a Failed Redundancy state 5 Expand the controller object in the tree view and select the Physical Disks object 6 Execute the Rebuild task for the physical disk you added Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk If the physical disk that you mistakenly removed is part of a redundant virtual disk that also has a hot spare then the virtual disk rebuilds automatically either immediately or when a write request is made After the rebuild has completed the virtual disk no longer has a hot spare since data has been rebuilt onto the disk previously assigned as a hot spare In this case you should assign a new hot spare If the physical disk that you removed is part of a redundant virtual disk that does not have a hot spare then replace the physical disk and do a rebuild For information on rebuilding physical disks and assigning hot spares see the following sections e Understanding Hot Spares for RAID controllers Troubleshooting 297 e Rebuild for PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i controllers You can avoid removing the wrong physical dis
67. power saving configurations on unconfigured Hot Spare and configured disks Set Rebuild Rate Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Set Rebuild Rate task changes the controller s rebuild rate During a rebuild the complete contents of a physical disk are reconstructed The rebuild rate configurable between 0 and 100 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to rebuilding failed physical disks At 0 the rebuild has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A rebuild rate of 0 does not mean that the rebuild is stopped or paused At 100 the rebuild is the highest priority for the controller minimizes the rebuild time and is the setting with the most impact to system performance On the PERC controllers the controller firmware also uses the rebuild rate setting to control the system resource allocation for the following tasks For these controllers the rebuild rate setting applies to these tasks in the same manner that it applies to the Rebuild task e Check Consistency e Background Initialization see Cancel Background Initialization e Full Initialization A BIOS setting determines whether a full or fast initialization occurs See Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize e Reconfigure see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 116 Controllers To change the
68. r or Disk s e Disk s m Driver Compon sw A amp 4 amp 4 amp 4 A 382 Determining the Health Status for Storage Components Table B 3 Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Unsupported Partially or Permanently Degraded Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Disk s m Driver Health mr A A B A ABA Health Status Rollup All Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Table B 4 Health Status Rollup All Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s Disk s m Driver Compon NA Status A Health NA Rollup a a A dA Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 383 Health Status Rollup Some Physical Disks ina Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Table B 5 Health Status Rollup Some Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Disk s m Driver Compon Status Q A amp A Health mwe O G4 amp GO Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Degraded Physical Disks are Failed or Rebuilding Table B 6 Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Degraded Physical Disks are Failed or Rebuilding Enclosures Not Included
69. s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span RAID 60 provides increased data protection and better read performance but slower write performance Type a name for the virtual disk in the Name text box The virtual disk name can contain only alphanumeric characters as well as spaces dashes and underscores The maximum name length depends on the controller In most cases the maximum length is 15 characters The name cannot start with a space or end with a space It is recommended that you specify a unique name for each virtual disk If you have virtual disks with the same name it is hard to differentiate the alerts generated for these virtual disks NOTE The CERC SATA1 5 2s controller does not allow you to specify a name for concatenated virtual disks The concatenated virtual disk is created with a default name Type the size for the virtual disk in the Size text box The virtual disk size must be within the minimum and maximum values displayed near the Size text box For information on how the maximum virtual disk size is calculated see Calculation for Maximum Virtual Disk Size and the Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard In some cases the virtual is slightly larger than the size you specify The Create Virtual Disk wizard may round up the size of the virtual disk to avoid rendering a portion of the physical disk space unusable Virtual Disks K NOTE When creating a virtual disk on the CERC SATA1 5
70. select the SSDs that you would like to include in the CacheCade The selected disks are displayed in the Physical Disks Selected section 5 Click Finish K NOTE The procedure of selecting physical disks while creating a CacheCade is similar to the selection of disks while creating a virtual disk For more information see Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 Resizing the CacheCade To resize the CacheCade 1 Inthe CacheCade s screen navigate to the CacheCade that you want to resize and select Resize from the Tasks drop down menu The Resize CacheCade s screen is displayed 2 From the available CacheCade s add or remove additional CacheCade s as required The disks that you select are displayed in the Selected Physical Disks section K NOTE While selecting and deselecting the SSDs that must participate in the CacheCade you must retain at least one of the original SSDs 3 Click Finish Renaming the CacheCade 1 Inthe CacheCade s screen go to the CacheCade that you want to rename and select Rename from the available Tasks 2 Inthe Rename screen enter the new name for the CacheCade and click Finish Controllers 149 Blinking and Unblinking the CacheCade In the CacheCade s screen go to the CacheCade that you want to blink and select Blink from the available Tasks The LED of the physical disk s participating in the CacheCade glows To unblink the physical disk in the CacheCad
71. status of physical disks at frequent intervals When the physical disk is located in an enclosure Storage Management uses the data reported by the SCSI Enclosure Processor SEP to ascertain the status of the physical disk In the event that the SEP is not functioning Storage Management is still able to poll the status of the physical disk but Storage Management is not able to identify the physical disk as being located in the enclosure In this case Storage Management displays the physical disk directly below the Connector object in the tree view and not under the enclosure object You can resolve this problem by restarting the Server Administrator service or by rebooting the system For more information on restarting the Server Administrator service see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User s Guide 308 Troubleshooting PCle SSD Troubleshooting Peripheral Component Interconnect Express PCle Solid State Drive SSD is not seen in the operating system Probable Cause Hardware is not installed correctly Solution Check the following components to ensure they are plugged e Devices Ensure that the PCIe SSDs are installed in a PCIe SSD backplane e Backplane Ensure that the cables for the PCIe SSD backplane are connected e Cables PCIe cables are unique for the configuration Ensure that the backplane cable connectors mate with the backplane and the extender card cable connectors mate with the extender card
72. system in the cluster is identified as system B K NOTE When creating a virtual disk on a controller that is in a cluster configuration you must specify the maximum virtual disk size 1 Stop the clustering services on system B 2 Turm off system B Controllers 99 3 Create or delete the virtual disk on system A For more information on creating and deleting virtual disks see Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks Creating Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Delete Reboot system A Restart system B Integrated Mirroring and the PERC 4 IM Controller The PERC 4 IM controller enables you to mirror a physical disk that resides internally in the server This feature can be used to mirror the system s boot drive from one physical disk to another ensuring that the system remains running in the event that one of the physical disks fails The PERC 4 IM controller firmware maintains the mirrored data on both physical disks so that the system s CPU is not burdened with the extra processing required to maintain the mirrored data When implementing mirroring on a PERC 4 IM controller you use the controller BIOS to create a virtual disk from the physical disks Unlike creating a virtual disk on other controllers the PERC 4 IM controller is able to implement a mirror for a physical disk that already contains data The data is then copied to the mirror Any data previously residing on the mirror is overwritten
73. that the cache pool is Write Through capable only and the operational cache mode for any Fluid Cache disk configured for Write Back changes to Write Through When the last PCIe SSD is removed from the Fluid Cache pool the operational cache mode for all Fluide Cache disk changes to Pass Through When the Fluid Cache node is selected Fluid Cache details is not displayed Restart the Fluide Cache service and click on Connect to Fluid Cache option in the Fluid Cache page Add PCle SSD to Fluid Cache Pool fails The device is probably in use Retry 310 Troubleshooting Blank graph or graph with minimal data is plotted The data for the duration selected has minimal samples Select a shorter duration Troubleshooting 311 312 Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions This section provides frequently asked questions that address situations commonly experienced in a storage environment Why is a Rebuild not Working For more information see A Rebuild Does Not Work How Can I Safely Remove or Replace a Physical Disk The following sections provide information related to safely removing a healthy physical disk e For disks that reside in an enclosure use the Prepare to Remove task to locate the disk within the enclosure and deactivate it prior to removal e For physical disks included in a virtual disk use the Offline task to deactivate the disk prior to removal For more information see Online and Offline If you n
74. that you want to replace 2 Select the destination disk in the Disks available for replace member operation table A CAUTION If you choose a hot spare as the destination physical disk your virtual disk does not have a hot spare unless you assign one K NOTE You can select only one source destination physical disk at a time 3 Click Apply Changes To exit without replacing the member disk click Go Back To Virtual Disk Page K NOTE For PERC H310 H700 H710 H710P H800 and H810 controllers if any of the drives you selected is in the spun down state the following message is displayed The below listed physical drive s are in the spun down state Executing this task on these drive s takes additional time because the drive s need to spun up The message displays the ID s of the spun down drive s You can view the progress of the Replace Member Disk task on the Physical Disk Details page For more information see Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks Virtual Disks 273 To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Replace Member Disk from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a Aa O N Virtual Disk Task Replace Member Disk Step 2 of 2 This screen displays the summary of the attributes of the virtual disk in which you replaced the member dis
75. the Check Consistency task For more information see Check Consistency CAUTION To avoid potential data loss you should perform a check consistency before removing a physical disk that is receiving SMART alerts The check consistency verifies that all data is accessible within the redundant virtual disk and uses the redundancy to repair any bad blocks that may be present In some circumstances failure to perform a check consistency can result in data loss This may occur for example if the physical disk receiving SMART alerts has bad disk blocks and you do not perform a check consistency before removing the disk Physical Disks or Physical Devices 199 2 Select the disk that is receiving SMART alerts and execute the Offline task 3 Manually remove the disk 4 Insert a new disk Make sure that the new disk is the same size or larger as the disk you are replacing On some controllers you may not be able to use the additional disk space if you insert a larger disk For more information see Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers After you complete this procedure a rebuild is automatically initiated because the virtual disk is redundant If the disk is not part of a redundant virtual disk 1 Back up data from the virtual disk 2 Delete the virtual disk 3 Replace the disk that is receiving SMART alerts 4 Create a new virtual disk Make sure that the new virtual disk is the same size or larger than the original virtual disk
76. the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Guide at support dell com manuals Target ID This property displays the SCSI ID of the backplane internal to the server or the enclosure to which the controller connector is attached The value is usually 6 162 Enclosures and Backplanes Property Definition Configuration Firmware Version Service Tag This property displays the mode in which the enclosure is operating Possible values are Joined Indicates that the enclosure is operating in joined bus mode Split Indicates that the enclosure is operating in split bus mode Unified Indicates that enclosure is operating in unified mode Clustered Indicates that the enclosure is operating in cluster mode Clustered mode is only available on cluster enabled RAID controllers For more information see Cluster enabled RAID Controllers For more information on joined split and cluster modes see the enclosure hardware documentation For information on how to cable the enclosure to accommodate these different modes see the enclosure hardware documentation When toggling the bus configuration switch on a PowerVault 220S or PowerVault 221S enclosure the enclosure should be powered off For more information see Changing the Mode on PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S Enclosures Older PowerVault 200S enclosures with a version 1 8 kernel that only have one EMM may display
77. the credentials If you delete the Encryption Key you cannot create encrypted virtual disks and all encrypted unconfigured self encrypting drives are erased However deleting an Encryption Key does not affect encryption or data in foreign disks If you have saved the Encryption Key credentials to a file deleting the Encryption Key does not delete the file Managing the file is the responsibility of the administrator Manage CacheCade Ensure that SSDs are available in the storage enclosure before performing any CacheCade operations For more information see CacheCade Using Solid State Drives To create resize blink or delete the CacheCade go to the CacheCade s screen 1 In the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator window under the System tree expand Storage 2 Click on a storage controller For example PERC H710P Adapter 3 Click on a Storage Controller component 4 Under Available Tasks select Manage CacheCade 5 Click Execute The CacheCade s screen is displayed 148 Controllers Creating a CacheCade To create a CacheCade 1 Inthe CacheCade s screen click Create CacheCade The Create CacheCade screen is displayed 2 Inthe CacheCade Group section select SATA SSD or SAS SSD if your system contains both SAS and SATA SSDs 3 Enter a name for the CacheCade The size is calculated as follows CacheCade size capacity of the smallest SSD the number of SSDs 4 From the available free disks that are displayed
78. the disk s serial number Negotiated Speed This property displays the speed of data transfer that the disk negotiated while spinning up and upon initial communication with the controller This speed is dependent on the speed of the disk the capable speed of the controller the current speed of the controller on that connector and the speed of the Enclosure Management Module EMM on the enclosure Capable Speed This property displays the highest possible speed with which the device can transfer data Manufacture Day This property displays the day of the month on which the physical disk was manufactured Manufacture This property displays the week of the year during which the Week physical disk was manufactured Manufacture Year SAS Address After Import Status Product ID Encryption Capable 130 This property displays the year in which the physical disk was manufactured This property displays the SAS address of the physical disk The SAS address is unique to each SAS disk This property displays what the status of the physical disk would be after the foreign configuration has been imported Possible values are e Foreign e Online e Offline e Replaced e Rebuild It is the serial number of the drive and can be used as a unique number to identify the disk This property displays whether the physical disk is a Self Encryption Disk SED The possible values are Yes and No Controllers Property Definition
79. the tree view until the EMMs object is displayed 2 Select the EMMs object The firmware version for each EMM is displayed in the Firmware Version column in the right pane For information related to the enclosure s EMMs see Enclosure Management Modules EMMs Enclosure Components For information on attached components see the following topics e Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks e EMM Properties e Fan Properties e Power Supply Properties e Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Set Asset Data Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features You can change the enclosure s asset tag and asset name The new asset tag and asset name that you specify are displayed on the enclosure s Information Configuration subtab To change the enclosure s asset tag and asset name 1 Type the new asset tag name in the New asset tag text box You can specify an inventory number or other useful information for your environment The asset tag typically refers to the enclosure hardware 168 Enclosures and Backplanes 2 Type the new asset name in the New asset name text box You can specify a name useful to you for organizing your storage environment For example the asset name could refer to the type of data stored on the enclosure or to the enclosure s location Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back To Enclosure Information Page To locate this task in
80. this information you can decide whether you want to import recover or clear the foreign configuration To preview the import of foreign configuration Click Foreign Configuration Operations from the Controller Tasks drop down menu Click Execute to display the Foreign Configuration Preview screen To locate this task in Storage Management For SAS controllers with firmware version 6 1 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select Foreign Configuration Operations from the Controller Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute 122 Controllers Importing Foreign Configurations Some controllers enable you to import a foreign configuration so that virtual disks are not lost after moving the physical disks You can import a foreign configuration only if it contains a virtual disk that is in either Ready or Degraded state In other words all of the virtual disk data must be present but if the virtual disk is using a redundant RAID level the additional redundant data is not required For example if the foreign configuration contains only one side of a mirror in a RAID 1 virtual disk then the virtual disk is in Degraded state and can be imported On the other hand if the foreign configuration contains only one physical disk that was originally configured as a RAID 5 using three physical disks then the RAID 5 virtual
81. with the most impact to system performance To change the controller s check consistency rate 1 Type a numerical value in the New Check Consistency Rate text box The value must be within the 0 100 range 2 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back to Previous Page 132 Controllers To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select Set Check Consistency Rate from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties Related Information e Check Consistency e Cancel Check Consistency Set Reconstruct Rate Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Set Reconstruct Rate task changes the amount of system resources dedicated to the reconstruct task The reconstruct task remakes the virtual disk after you have changed the RAID level or otherwise reconfigured the virtual disk The reconstruct rate configurable between 0 and 100 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to running the reconstruct task At 0 the reconstruct has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A reco
82. you use the Prepare to Remove task before physically removing a device Use the Prepare to Remove task to safely remove a PCIe SSD from the system This task causes the status LEDs on the device to blink You can safely remove the device from the system under the following conditions after you use the Prepare to Remove task The PCIe SSD is blinking the safe to remove LED pattern The PCIe SSD is no longer accessible by the system Export Log The log contains debug information of the PCIe SSD and can be useful for troubleshooting You can export the reliability log through the Physical Device Available Tasks drop down list PCI Express Solid State Device Support 71 Add PCle SSDs to Fluid Cache Pool You can configure or increase the capacity of the Fluid Cache pool by adding PCIe SSDs to them To add a PCle SSD to a cache pool 1 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt PCIe SSD SubSystem Enclosure Backplane Physical Devices The Physical devices on PCIe SSD SubSystem page is displayed with the available list of physical disks 2 From the list of Tasks corresponding to the physical disk to which you want add the PCIe SSD select the Add to Cache Pool option 3 Click Execute to add the PCIe SSD The following message is displayed Data present on the device will be lost Are you sure you want to proceed K NOTE When the device is part of the cache pool the tasks
83. 0 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Monolithic PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Monolithic PERC H710P Mini Monolithic and PERC H810 Adapter NOTE Integrated mirroring on the PERC 4 IM controller enables you to mirror a physical disk that resides internally in the server You can implement the integrated mirror using the PERC 4 IM BIOS When implemented Storage Management recognizes the integrated mirror as a virtual disk You cannot however use Storage Management to create a virtual disk on the PERC 4 IM controller Storage Management supports other functions provided by the PERC 4 IM controller For more information see Integrated Mirroring and the PERC 4 IM Controller NOTE The PERC H200 PERC H7x0 and PERC H8x0 Controllers support 3 TB NL SAS hard drives 3 TB NL SATA hard drives SATA SSDs and SAS SSDs Supported Non RAID Controllers Storage Management supports the following non RAID controllers LSI PCI e U320 SAS 5 i Integrated SAS 5 E SAS 6Gbps Adapter Overview 25 Supported Enclosures This release of Storage Management supports the following enclosures e Dell PowerVault 20xS and 21xS storage systems e PowerVault 220S and 221S storage systems e PowerVault MD1000 and MD1120 storage system e PowerVault MD1200 and MD1220 storage system Support for Disk and Volume Management Storage Management does not provide disk and volume management
84. 0 H710 H710P Adapter Adapter Adapter l Modular Adapter Adapter Mini ntegrated Mini Blade Monolithi Mini c Mini Monolithi Blade c Clear Foreign Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Configuration Import Foreign Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Configuration Import Recove Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes r Foreign Configuration Set Patrol Read Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode Start Patrol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Read Stop Patrol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Read Convert RAID NA No NA NA No No Yes To Non RAID Convert Non NA No NA NA No No Yes RAID To RAID Replace Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Member Import Preview Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes of Foreign Configuration Hot plugof Yes Yes No No No No No Enclosures Change Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Controller Properties Supported Features Table A 28 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH310 Name H800 H810 H700 H700 H710 H710P Adapter Adapter Adapter l Modular Adapter Adapter Mini ntegrated Mini Blade Monolithi Mini c Mini Monolithi Blade c Intelligent Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mirroring Redundant Yes Yes No No No No No Path Configuration Disk Cache Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Policy Managing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Preserved Cache Manage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Encryption Key Manage Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No CacheCade Persistent Hot Yes Yes Yes Y
85. 0 while performing an operation other than a rebuild you should replace the damaged disk immediately to avoid data loss Do the following 1 Back up the degraded virtual disk to a fresh unused tape 2 Replace the damaged disk 3 Doa rebuild Read and Write Operations Experience Problems If the system is hanging timing out or experiencing other problems with read and write operations then there may be a problem with the controller cables or a device For more information see Cables Attached Correctly and Isolate Hardware Problems 1 0 Stops When a Redundant Channel Fails If you have implemented channel redundancy on a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC or 4 Di controller a failure of one channel causes I O to stop on the other channels included in the channel redundant configuration To resolve this issue see Channel Redundancy on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di Controllers A Task Menu Option is Not Displayed You may notice that the task menus do not always display the same task options This is because Storage Management only displays those tasks that are valid at the time the menu is displayed Some tasks are only valid for certain types of objects or at certain times For example a Check Consistency task can only be performed on a redundant virtual disk Similarly if a disk is already offline the Offline task option is not displayed There may be other reasons why a task cannot be run at a certain time For example there may al
86. 00 RAID 0 Yes Yes Yes RAID 1 Yes Yes Yes RAID 5 Yes Yes Yes RAID 10 Yes Yes Yes RAID 50 No No No RAID 6 No No No RAID 60 No No No Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Table A 51 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC 100 PERC S110 and 300 Controllers Read Write and Cache PERC S100 PERC 110 PERC S300 Policy Cache settings Yes Yes Yes Read Policy Yes Yes Yes Read Ahead Enabled Yes Yes Yes Adaptive Read Ahead No No No Supported Features 371 Table A 51 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC S100 PERC S110 and 300 Controllers continued Read Write and Cache PERC S100 PERC 110 PERC S300 Policy No Read Ahead Disabled Yes Yes Yes Write Policy Yes es Yes Write Back Enabled Yes Yes Yes Write Through Disabled Yes Yes Yes Force Write Back Enabled No No No Always Write Cache Enabled No No No Protected Cache Policy No No No Disk Cache Policy No No No Cache I O No No No Direct I O No No No Enclosure Support Table A 52 Enclosure Support on the PERC S100 PERC S110 and S300 Controllers Enclosure Support PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC S300 Can an enclosure be No No No attached to this controller Supported Features on the Non RAID Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the controller e Controller Tasks e Battery Tasks e Connector Tasks
87. 005 or less down to 0 00 and a value between 0 006 and 0 009 up to 0 01 For example a virtual disk size of 819 725 is rounded down to 819 72 A virtual disk size of 19 726 is rounded up to 819 73 Virtual Disks 237 Property Definition Associated Fluid Cache State Device Name Bus Protocol Media Read Policy Write Policy This property displays the associated Fluid Cache state of the virtual disk The possible values are Active The Fluid Cache disk is active Failed The Fluid Cache has encountered a failure of one or more components and is no longer functioning No The Fluid Cache is not enabled Disabling In this transient state the cache removal from the virtual disk is in process This property displays the operating system device name for this object This property displays the technology that the physical disks included in the virtual disk are using Possible values are SCSI Small Computer System Interface SAS Serial Attached SCSI SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA This property displays the media type of the physical disks present in the virtual disk The possible values are HDD Hard Disk Drive A HDD is a non volatile storage device which stores digitally encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces SSD Solid State Drive An SSD is a data storage device that uses solid state memory to store persistent data Unknown Storage Ma
88. 3 Connector Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers Connector Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Connector Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rescan Supported Features 319 Physical Disk Tasks Table A 4 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers Physical Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 IM Task Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Task only available when an enclosure or backplane and LEDs on the physical disks are present Assign and Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Unassign Global Hot Spare Prepare to Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Remove Offline Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Online Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Initialize No No No No No No No Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Cancel Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Remove Dead No No No No No No No Disk Segments Format Disk No No No No No No No Clear No No No No No No No Cancel Clear No No No No No No No 320 Supported Features Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 5 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers Virtual Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Task Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e D 4 IM c Assign and Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Disk Create Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Disk Advanced Wizard Creat
89. 310 Mini Blades Controllers The features comprise the following Controller Tasks Battery Tasks Connector Tasks Physical Disk Tasks Virtual Disk Tasks Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features 346 Supported Features Controller Tasks Table A 28 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC Hardware Controllers Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH310 Name H800 H810 H700 H700 H710 H710P Adapter Adapter Adapter l Modular Adapter Adapter Mini ntegrated Mini Blade Monolithi Mini c Mini Monolithi Blade c Enable Alarm NA No NA NA No No No Disable Alarm NA No NA NA No No No Quiet Alarm NA No NA NA No No No Test Alarm NA No NA NA No No No Reset Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Configuration Set Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rate Set Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Background Initialization Rate Set Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Consistency Rate Set Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reconstruct Rate Rescan No No No No No No No Controller Create Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Export Log Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes File Supported Features 347 348 Table A 28 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH310 Name H800 H810 H700 H70
90. 4e Si and 4e Di controllers there are special considerations when implementing RAID 10 or RAID 50 on a disk group that has disks of different sizes When implementing RAID 10 or RAID 50 disk space is spanned to create the stripes and mirrors The span size can vary to accommodate the different disk sizes There is however the possibility that a portion of the largest disk in the disk group becomes unusable resulting in wasted disk space For example consider a disk group that has the following disks Disk A 40 GB Disk B 40 GB Disk C 60 GB Disk D 80 GB In this example data is spanned across all four disks until Disk A and Disk B and 40 GB on each of Disk C and D are completely full Data is then spanned across Disks C and D until Disk C is full This leaves 20 GB of disk space remaining on Disk D Data cannot be written to this disk space as there is no corresponding disk space available in the disk group to create redundant data 52 Understanding RAID Concepts Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance The following table compares the performance characteristics associated with the more common RAID levels This table provides general guidelines for choosing a RAID level Evaluate your specific environment requirements before choosing a RAID level K NOTE The following table does not show all RAID levels supported by Storage Management For information on all RAID levels supported by Storage Management see C
91. 8 Controllers 0 00 000 91 What is a Controller 91 RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS oera pee a be he a ed 92 RAID Controller Features 93 Controller supported RAID Levels 94 Controller supported Stripe Sizes 94 RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 95 Read Policy 2 2 95 WritePolicy 2 2 3 deities A ae Ske ts 96 Cache Policy o 2 60 54 eet 3 ee 97 Disk Cache Policy 98 Cluster enabled RAID Controllers 98 Updating the Display of Clustered Resources 2 22 0000 99 Downloading Firmware and Cluster Controllers 2 2 4 fac won heed Sg oes 99 Creating and Deleting Virtual Disks on Cluster enabled Controllers 99 Integrated Mirroring and the PERC 4 IM Controller ek o a a 100 Background Initialization on PERC Controllers 101 Non RAID Controller Description 101 Contents Contents Firmware Driver Versions 102 Firmware Driver Properties 102 ControllerHealth 104 Controller Severity 104 Controller Information 105 ControllerComponents 105 Controller Properties and Tasks 106 Controller Properties 106 Controller Tasks 00 111 Available Reports 113
92. 9 Physical Disk Tasks 339 Virtual Disk Tasks 340 Virtual Disk Specifications 342 Supported RAID Levels 344 Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 344 Contents 19 Enclosure Support 345 Supported Features on the PERC Hardware Controllers 2 2s ee a 346 Controller Tasks 200 347 Battery Tasks 04 350 Connector Tasks 0 4 351 Physical Disk Tasks 351 Virtual Disk Tasks 0 353 Virtual Disk Specifications 355 Supported RAID Levels 357 Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 358 Enclosure Support 359 Supported Features on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers 359 Controller Tasks 200 360 Battery Tasks 0 361 Connector Tasks 2 0 4 361 Physical Disk Tasks 362 Virtual Disk Tasks 2 02 363 Supported RAID Levels 364 Virtual Disk Specifications 364 Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 366 Enclosure Support 367 Supported Features on the PERC S100 PERC S110 and 300Controllers 368 Controller Tasks 200 368 Physical Disk Tasks 368 Virtual Disk Tasks 369 Virtual Disk Specifications 369 S
93. A Disk is Marked as Failed When Rebuilding in a Cluster Configuration A Disk on a PERC 4 Di Controller Does not Return Online after a Prepare to Remove Receive a Bad Block Alert with Replacement Sense or Medium Error Read and Write Operations Experience Problems I O Stops When a Redundant Channel Fails A Task Menu Option is Not Displayed A Corrupt Disk or Drive Message Suggests Running autocheck During a Reboot Erroneous Status and Error Messages after a Windows Hibernation Storage Management May Delay Before Updating Temperature Probe Status Storage Management May Delay Displaying Storage Devices After Reboot You are Unable to Log into a Remote System Cannot Connect to Remote System Running Windows Server 2003 Reconfiguring a Virtual Disk Displays Error in Mozilla Browser Physical Disks Display Under Connector Not Enclosure Tree Object Troubleshooting 303 Physical Disk is Offline or Displays an Error Status A physical disk may display an error status if it has been damaged taken offline or was a member of a virtual disk that has been deleted or initialized The following actions may resolve the error condition e Jfa user has taken the disk offline then return the disk to Online status by executing the Online disk task e Rescan the controller This action updates the status of storage objects attached to the controller If the error status was caused by deleting or initializing a virtual dis
94. AID 1 Minimum Number of NA 3 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Minimum Number of NA 4 Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Minimum Number of NA NA Physical Disks in a RAID 50 Maximum number of NA NA physical disks in a RAID 6 Supported Features 333 Table A 15 Virtual Disk Specifications for the CERC SATA Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification CERC SATA2S CERC SATA 6ch Maximum number of NA NA physical disks in a RAID 60 Minimum number of NA NA physical disks in a RAID 6 Minimum number of NA NA physical disks in a RAID 60 Supported RAID Levels Table A 16 RAID Levels Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers RAID Level CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Concatenation Yes Yes RAID 0 Yes Yes RAID 1 Yes Yes RAID 5 No Yes RAID 10 No Yes RAID 50 No No RAID 6 No No RAID 60 No No Read Write and Disk Cache Policy Table A 17 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Read Write and Cache CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Policy Cache settings No Yes Read Policy No Yes 334 Supported Features Table A 17 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Read Write and Cache CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Policy Read Ahead Enabled No Yes Adaptive Read Ahead No No No Read Ahead Yes Yes Disabled Write Policy No Yes Write Back Enabled No No Write Through Disabled Yes Yes Force Write Back No No Enabled Always Wr
95. Administrator privileges Or open a Web browser and type one of the following in the address field and press lt Enter gt https lt localhost gt 1311 where lt localhost gt is the assigned name for the managed system and 1311 is the default port or https lt IP address gt 1311 where lt IP address gt is the IP address for the managed system and 1311 is the default port K NOTE You must type https not http in the address field to receive a valid response in your browser 28 Getting Started User Privileges Server Administrator provides security through the User Power User and Administrator user groups Each user group is assigned a different level of access to the Server Administrator features Administrator privileges are required to access all Storage Management features Administrator privilege allows you to execute the drop down menu tasks launch wizards and use the omconfig storage command line interface commands Without Administrator privileges you cannot manage and configure the storage component User and Power User privileges allow you to view storage status but not manage or configure storage With User and Power User privileges you can use the omreport storage command and not the omconfig storage command For more information on user groups and other Server Administrator security features see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User s Guide Using the Graphical User Interf
96. Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter family of controllers Encrypt Virtual Disk Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Encrypt Virtual Disk task to encrypt an unencrypted virtual disk This feature is only applicable to controllers that e are encryption capable PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter family of controllers e have an Encryption Key e have Self Encryption Drives SEDs virtual disks Partitions of Virtual Disk Table 13 4 Virtual Disk s Partitions Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Virtual Disks 245 Property Definition Device Name State Tasks Size Associated Fluid Cache State This property displays the operating system device name for this object This property displays the current status of the virtual disk on which the partition is created This property displays the available tasks for the virtual disk partition Possible tasks are Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions and Disabling Fluid Cache on V
97. C H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic and PERC H810 Adapter controllers RAID Controller Features Different controllers have different features If you have more than one controller attached to your system you may notice that the tasks displayed on the controller s Information Configuration subtab are different for each controller Controllers may also have differences in their read write and cache policies as well as how they handle hot spares You should be aware of these differences when creating virtual disks and assigning hot spares The following describes some of the RAID controller features and provides links to a more detailed explanation For information on which controllers support which features see Supported Features e Hot spares On RAID controllers a hot spare is a backup for a disk that fails See the Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare e Rebuilding data You can rebuild data from a failed physical disk if the disk is a member of a redundant virtual disk See Rebuilding Redundant Information e Virtual disk expansion Virtual disk expansion enables you to expand the capacity of a virtual disk while it remains online by adding additional disks to the virtual disk This feature is also known as online capacity expansion OLCE See Virtual Disk Tasks e RAID migration After creating a virtual disk you can change the RAID level See Reconfigurin
98. C H810 Adapter controllers if any of the selected physical drives is in the spun down state the system displays a message that indicates the IDs of the spun down drives and the delay in executing tasks on them NOTE For PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter controllers if the disk group has free space available you can expand the virtual disk capacity To expand virtual disk capacity click Expand Capacity Click Continue to go to the next screen or Exit Wizard if you want to cancel To locate this task in Storage Management 260 a A WwW N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Reconfigure from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 2 of 3 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen enables you to select the RAID level and size for the reconfigured virtual disk If you clicked Expand Capacity in the previous step this screen allows you to expand the capacity of the virtual disk The Expand Capacity option appears only for PERC H310 H700 H710 H710P PERC H800 and H810 controllers with firmware 7 1 or above
99. Controller Task PERC 5 E PERC5 i PERC6 E PERC 6 I PERC 6 1 CERC 6 I Name Modular Change Controller No No Yes with Yes with Yes with No Properties firmware firmware firmware 6 land 6 land 6 land later later later Intelligent Mirroring No No Yes with Yes with Yes with No firmware firmware firmware 6 land 6 land 6 land later later later Redundant Path No No Yes with No No No Configuration firmware 6 1 and later Disk Cache Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Managing Preserved No No Yes with Yes with Yes with No Cache firmware firmware firmware 6 land 6 land 6 land later later later Controller Reports Patrol Read Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Check Consistency Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Report Slot Occupancy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Report Battery Tasks Table A 20 Battery Tasks Supported on the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers Battery Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 I PERC 6 1 CERC 6 I Modular Recondition Battery No No No No No No 338 Supported Features Table A 20 Battery Tasks Supported on the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers continued Battery Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 1 PERC 6 I CERC 6 I Modular Start Learn Cycle Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Delay Learn Cycle Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Connector Tasks Table A 21 Connector Tasks Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 1 Controllers Connector Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 I PERC 6 1 C
100. Controllers This section describes the controllers supported by Storage Management as well as the different controller features What is a Controller Most operating systems do not read and write data directly from the disks but instead send read and write instructions to a controller The controller is the hardware in your system that interacts directly with the disks to write and retrieve data A controller has connectors channels or ports which are attached to one or more physical disks or an enclosure containing physical disks RAID controllers can span the boundaries of the disks so as to create an extended amount of storage space or a virtual disk using the capacity of more than one disk Controllers also perform other tasks such as initiating rebuilds initializing disks and so on To complete their tasks controllers require special software known as firmware and drivers In order to function properly the controller must have the minimum required version of the firmware and drivers installed Storage Management supports different types of controllers If your system has a supported controller the controller is displayed by expanding the Storage object in the tree view You can select the controller to display tabs for executing controller tasks and viewing controller properties Different controllers have different characteristics in the way they read and write data and execute tasks It is helpful to understand these f
101. Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Storage Management User s Guide Notes Cautions and Warnings K NOTE A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer VAN CAUTION A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if instructions are not followed Information in this publication is subject to change without notice 2013 Dell Inc All rights reserved Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc is strictly forbidden Trademarks used in this text Dell the DELL logo PowerEdge PowerVault and OpenManage are trademarks of Dell Inc Microsoft Windows and Windows Server are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Enterprise Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc in the United States and or other countries Novell is a registered trademark and SUSE is a trademark of Novell Inc VMware is a registered trademarks or trademarks of VMWare Inc in the United States or other countries Server Administrator includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation www apache org Server Administrator utilizes the OverLIB JavaScript library This lib
102. Detecting Physical Disk Status Changes 5 PCI Express Solid State Device Support ss Trenie es ovtiwuol aw ee WhatisPCleSSD PCle SSD Features 4 PCle Sub System Properties PCle ExtenderCards Contents 60 60 61 61 62 Physical Device Properties 67 Physical Device Tasks 70 Blink and Unblink 2 004 70 Full Initialization 2 2 20 00 0004 71 Prepare to Remove nnana aaa aaa 71 Export LOJ yie x oh eee es oars oY SO eae 2 71 Add PCle SSDs to Fluid Cache Pool 72 Remove PCle SSDs from Fluid Cache Pool 72 PCle SSD Sub System Health 73 Backplanes 00 73 Backplane Firmware Version 73 6 Fluid Cache for DAS 75 Fluid Cache Disks 76 Fluid Cache Pool 77 Statistics Cache 1 0 Statistics 80 Cache Pool Usage 80 Fluid Cache Disk s Performance 80 License Settings 2 82 7 Storage Information and Global WAGES ta 02 3 be ence beh ate o s Bee tate aut 2a 85 Storage Properties 85 Global Tasks ac0 i 4 3 be ee sk 85 GlobalRescan 00 4 86 Enable Disable Smart Thermal Shutdown 86 6 Contents Storage Controllers 87 Storage Components 90
103. Disk Specification SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Maximum Number of Virtual Disks 2 2 2 per Controller Minimum Virtual Disk Size Max Max Max Maximum Virtual Disk Size 2TB None None Maximum Number of Spans per l I l Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Physical Disks 4 10 10 per Span Minimum Stripe Size 64k 64k 64k Maximum Stripe Size 64k 64k 64k Maximum Number of Virtual Disks 1 l l per Disk Group 364 Supported Features Table A 43 Virtual Disk Specifications for the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Maximum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA that Can Be Concatenated Maximum Number of Physical Disks 4 8 10 Adapter nga RTE 10 Integrated 4 Modular Maximum Physical Disks in a RAID 1 2 2 2 Maximum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA ina RAID 5 Maximum Number of Physical Disks NA NA 10 Adapter in a RAID 10 10 Integrated 4 Modular Maximum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA in a RAID 50 Minimum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA that Can Be Concatenated Minimum Number of Physical Disks 2 2 2 in a RAID 0 Minimum Number of Physical Disks 2 2 2 in a RAID 1 Minimum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA in a RAID 5 Minimum Number of Physical Disks NA NA 4 in a RAID 10 Minimum Number of Physical Disks NA NA NA in a RAID 50 Maximum number of physical disks NA NA NA in a RAID 6 Maximum number of physical disks NA NA NA in a
104. ERC 6 I Modular Connector Rescan No No No No No No Physical Disk Tasks Table A 22 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers Physical Disk Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 l PERC6 I CERC 6 I Modular Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Assign and Unassign Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Global Hot Spare Prepare to Remove No No No No No No Offline Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Online Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Initialize No No No No No No Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cancel Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Remove Dead Disk No No No No No No Segments Supported Features 339 Table A 22 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers continued Physical Disk Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 l PERC 6 I CERC 6 I Modular Format Disk No No No No No No Clear Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cancel Clear Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cancel Replace Member No No Yes with Yes with Yes with No firmware firmware firmware 6 land 6 land 6 1 and later later later Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 23 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 1 Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC6 E PERC 6 l PERC6 l CERC 6 I Modular Assign and Unassign Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Advanced Wizard Create Virtu
105. Excellent Very Good Fair Poor Xx N Critical 2 information N at Medium least 2 sized transactional or data intensive uses N Number of physical disks X Number of RAID sets 54 Understanding RAID Concepts No RAID In Storage Management a virtual disk of unknown metadata is considered a No RAID volume Storage Management does not support this type of virtual disks These must either be deleted or the physical disk must be removed Storage Management allows Delete and Rename operation on No RAID volumes Understanding RAID Concepts 55 56 Understanding RAID Concepts Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks This section describes various methods to determine the status or health of your system s storage components and how to quickly launch available controller tasks Storage Dashboard and Storage Health For each controller the Storage Health tab or Storage Dashboard displays a summary of the controller severity health or status and a task menu for launching the controller tasks A link is provided to access virtual disk status and tasks Storage Health The Storage Dashboard displays the combined status for each controller and lower level storage components For example if the health of the storage system has been compromised due to a degraded enclosure both the enclosure Health subtab and the controller severity on the Storage Dashboard display a yellow exclamation mark to indicate a Warning
106. Hot Spare CacheCade Using Solid State Drives CacheCade is used to improve random read performance of the Hard Disk Drive HDD based Virtual Disks A solid state drive SSD is a data storage device that uses solid state memory to store persistent data SSDs significantly increase the I O performance LOPS and or write speed in Mbps from a storage device With Dell Storage Controllers you can create a CacheCade using SSDs The CacheCade is then used for better performance of the storage I O operations Use either Serial Attached SCSI SAS SSDs or Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA SSDs to create a CacheCade Create a CacheCade with SSDs in the following scenarios e Maximum application performance Create a CacheCade using SSDs to achieve higher performance without wasted capacity e Maximum application performance and higher capacity Create a CacheCade using SSDs to balance the capacity of the CacheCade with high performance SSDs e Higher capacity If you do not have empty slots for additional HDDs use SSDs and create a CacheCade This reduces the number of HDDs required and increases application performance The CacheCade feature has the following restrictions e Only Dell certified SSDs can be used to create a CacheCade e If you create a CacheCade using SSDs the SSD properties are still retained At a later point of time you can use the SSD to create virtual disks e A CacheCade can contain either SAS drives
107. K NOTE You can verify which firmware and drivers are installed by selecting the Storage object in the tree view and clicking the Information Configuration tab You can also check the Alert Log for alerts relating to unsupported firmware and driver versions It is also recommended to obtain and apply the latest Dell PowerEdge Server System BIOS on a periodic basis to benefit from the most recent improvements For more information see the Dell PowerEdge system documentation Isolate Hardware Problems If you receive a timeout alert related to a hardware device or if you otherwise suspect that a device attached to the system is experiencing a failure then to confirm the problem e Verify that the cables are correctly attached e If the cables are correctly attached and you are still experiencing the problem then disconnect the device cables and reboot the system If the system reboots successfully then one of the devices may be defective For more information refer to the hardware device documentation Rescan to Update Information on SCSI Controllers On SCSI controllers use the Rescan controller task to update information for the controller and attached devices This operation may take a few minutes if there are a number of devices attached to the controller If the Rescan does not properly update the disk information you may need to reboot your system 294 Troubleshooting Replacing a Failed Disk You may need to repla
108. Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers Storage Management supports Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology SMART on physical disks that are SMART enabled SMART performs predictive failure analysis on each disk and sends alerts if a disk failure is predicted The RAID controllers check physical disks for failure predictions and if found pass this information to Storage Management Storage Management immediately displays an alert icon on the disk Storage Management also sends an alert to the Alert Log and the Microsoft Windows application log K NOTE When a controller s 1 0 is paused you do not receive SMART alerts K NOTE The PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers do not report SMART alerts for unassigned or hot spare disks Related Information e Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts Using Alarms to Detect Failures Some storage components have alarms When enabled these alarms alert you when a component fails For more information see the following sections e Enable Alarm Controller e Enable Alarm Enclosure 60 Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks Using Enclosure Temperature Probes Physical disk enclosures have temperature probes that warn you when the enclosure has exceeded an acceptable temperature range For more information on using temperature probes see the following SMART Thermal Shutdown e Set Temperature Probe Values Rescan to Update S
109. NOTE If you clicked Span Edit and navigated back to this screen do not click Go Back To Previous Page e Click Exit Wizard to cancel the virtual disk Virtual Disks Span Edit In the edit mode you cannot alter the number of physical disks per span If there are enough available physical disks you can reduce or increase the number of spans You can also alter the contents of a span by removing that span and selecting a new physical disk to comprise that span To successfully create a virtual disk a minimum of two spans must exist at all times K NOTE If you click Span Edit Intelligent Mirroring that is already been applied becomes invalid Click Continue to return to Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 4 of 4 Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Reconfigure task enables you to change the virtual disk configuration Using this task you can change the RAID level and increase the virtual disk size by adding physical disks On some controllers you can also remove physical disks Before continuing with the virtual disk reconfiguration you should be familiar with the information in Starting and Target RAID Levels for Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion and Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation K NOTE You cannot reconfigure a virtual disk on a controller that is operating in cluster mode K NOTE You can create no
110. No No No No No No Cancel Format Virtual No No No No No No Disk Restore Dead Disk No No No No No No Segments Initialize Virtual Disk No No No No No No Fast Initialize Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Slow Initialize Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Replace Member Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Encrypt Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Clear Virtual Disk Bad Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Blocks Enable Dis No Yes No Yes Yes No able Fluid Cache operation 354 Supported Features Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 33 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC Hardware Controllers Virtual Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC H310 Specification H800 H810 H700 H710 H710 H710P Adapter M Adapter Adapter l Mini Adapter Adapter ini ntegrate Blade Mini Blade Min d Modul Monolithi i ar c Monolithic Maximum Number 64 64 64 64 64 64 16 of Virtual Disks per Controller Minimum Virtual 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB 100MB Disk Size Maximum Virtual None None None None None None None Disk Size Maximum Number 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 of Spans per Virtual Disk Maximum Number 32 32 32 32 32 32 8 of Physical Disks per Span Minimum Stripe Size 8k 64k 8k 64k 64k 64k 64k Maximum Stripe IMB 1MB 1MB 1MB 1MB 1MB 64k Size Maximum Number 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 of Virtual Disks per Disk Group Maximum Number NA NA NA NA NA NA NA of Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Maximum Number 32 32 32 32 32 32 16 of Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Supported Fea
111. P Adapter Mini Policy Adapter ated Modular Monolithic Adapter Blade Mini Mini Blade Monolithic Cache Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No settings Read Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Read Ahead Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Enabled Adaptive Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Read Ahead No Read Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Ahead Disabled Write Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Write Back Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Enabled Write Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Through Disabled 358 Supported Features Table A 35 Read Write and Cache Policy Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Read Write PERC PERC PERC H700 PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 and Cache H800 H810 Adapter Integr Adapter Mini H710P Adapter Mini Policy Adapter ated Modular Monolithic Adapter Blade Mini Mini Blade Monolithic Force Write Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Back Enabled Always Write Cache No No No No No No Enabled Protected Cache Policy No No No No No No Disk Cache Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Policy Cache I O No No No No No No Direct I O No No No No No No Enclosure Support Table A 36 Enclosure Support on PERC Hardware Controllers Enclosure Support PERC PERC PERC H700 PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 H800 H810 Adapter Integr Mini H710P Adapter Mi Adapter ated Modular Monolithic Mi Adapter ni ni Blade Mini Blade Adapter Monolithic Can an enclosure Yes Yes No No No No be attached to this controller Supported Features on the SAS 5 i
112. Policy Select Report The Select Report option provides the following reports Patrol Read Consistency Check and Slot Occupancy For more information see Patrol Read Report Check Consistency Report Slot Occupancy Report Storage Component Severity Component status is indicated by the severity A component with a Warning or Critical Failure status requires immediate attention to avoid data loss if possible A component s status may indicate the combined status of the component and its lower level objects For more information see Determining the Health Status for Storage Components It may be useful to review the Alert Log for events indicating why a component has a Warning or Critical status For additional troubleshooting information see Troubleshooting 58 Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks Table 4 1 Component Severity Severity Component Status ay Normal OK The component is working as expected Warning Non critical A probe or other monitoring device has detected a reading for the component that is above or below the acceptable level The component may still be functioning but it could fail The component may also be functioning in an impaired state Data loss is possible Critical Failure Error The component has either failed or failure is imminent The component requires immediate attention and may need to be replaced Data loss may have occurred Storage Properties and Curre
113. R SAS 6 iR and PERC H200 Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the controller Supported Features 359 e Controller Tasks e Battery Tasks e Connector Tasks e Physical Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels e Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy e Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features Controller Tasks Table A 37 Controller Tasks Supported on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Controller Task Name SAS 5 iR SASG6 iR PERC H200 Enable Alarm No No No Disable Alarm No No No Quiet Alarm No No No Test Alarm No No No Reset configuration No Yes Yes Set Rebuild Rate No No No Set Background Initialization Rate No No No Set Check Consistency Rate No No No Set Reconstruct Rate No No No Rescan Controller No No No Create Virtual Disk No Yes Yes Export Log File No No No Clear Foreign Configuration Yes Yes Yes Import Foreign Configuration No Yes Yes 360 Supported Features Table A 37 Controller Tasks Supported on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Controller Task Name SAS 5 iR SAS6 iR PERC H200 Import Recover Foreign Configuration No Yes Yes Set Patrol Read Mode No No No Start Patrol Read No No No Stop Patrol Read No No No Controller Reports Patrol Read Report No N
114. RAID 1 Add a single disk 4 DC PERC disk 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si PERC 4e Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i Virtual Disks 227 Table 13 1 Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion continued Controller Starting RAID Level Target RAID Level Comments PERC 4 SC 4 DC RAID 0 RAID 5 Add at least one 4e DC 4 Di additional disk 4e Si PERC 4e Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i PERC 4 SC PERC RAID 1 RAID 0 With or without 4 DC PERC adding additional 4e DC 4 Di disks 4e Si PERC i 4e Di PERC 5 E RAID 1 RAID 5 eal and PERC 5 i RAID 5 RAID 0 With or without adding additional disks RAID 5 RAID 5 Add additional disks PERC 4 IM N A N A N A CERC Concatenation RAID 1 Minimum number SATA1 5 6ch of physical disks required for the target RAID level must be available For more information see Exceptions for Reconfiguring a Concatenated Virtual Disk on CERC SATAI 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 10 RAID 1 RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 10 RAID 5 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 10 RAID 10 RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 10 CERC SATA1 5 2s N A N A N A 228 Virtual Disks Table 13 1 Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion continued Controller 6 1 CERC 6 1 PERC H800 Adapter PERC H700 Adapter PERC H700 Integrated and PERC H700 Modular PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini
115. S100 and 300 Controllers When assigning a physical disk as a global hot spare on a CERC SATAI 5 6ch S100 and 300 controllers the physical disk should be as large or larger than the largest physical disk on the controller Dedicated Hot Spare Considerations on CERC SATA1 5 6ch Controllers You can assign the same dedicated hot spare to more than one virtual disk In this case the hot spare attempts to rebuild all portions of redundant virtual disks that reside on a failed physical disk To increase the likelihood that the hot spare is able to rebuild all virtual disks you should do the following 1 Create virtual disks that share the same set of physical disks 2 Only assign dedicated hot spares to those virtual disks that share the same set of physical disks 3 Assign a hot spare that is big enough to rebuild the largest physical disk in the virtual disk For example if the virtual disk is using physical disks that are 20 MB 30 MB and 50 MB then the hot spare needs to be 50 MB or larger After the hot spare is activated to rebuild a particular virtual disk it is no longer available for rebuilding other virtual disks should an additional physical disk fail For this reason when a hot spare is activated it is automatically unassigned from the remaining virtual disks To maintain data protection you must add a new hot spare and assign it to the other virtual disks K NOTE The Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare comman
116. SetRebuildRate 116 Reset Configuration 117 Export Log esos a eee Bee ae 118 Foreign Configuration Operations 119 Foreign Configuration Properties 120 Importing Foreign Configurations 123 Importing Recovering Foreign Configurations 124 Clear Foreign Configuration 125 Physical Disks in Foreign Virtual Disks 126 Set Background InitializationRate 131 Set Check Consistency Rate 132 Set Reconstruct Rate 133 Redundant Path Configuration 134 Clearing the Redundant Path View 137 Related Topics 137 Set PatrolReadMode 137 Start and Stop Patrol Read 139 Change Controller Properties 140 Manage Physical Disk Power 141 Manage Preserved Cache 144 Manage Preserved Cache 144 Manage EncryptionKey 145 EncryptionKey 146 Creating an Encryption Key and Enabling EKM 22 cetera ar BOS cote tS ate coi A ord oo 146 Manage CacheCade 148 CreatingaCacheCade 149 Resizing the CacheCade 149 Renaming the CacheCade 149 Blinking and Unblinking the CacheCade 150 Deleting the CacheCade 150 CacheCade Properties 150 Convert to Non RAID Disks 151 Convert to RAID Capa
117. Split Bus mode and not Joined Bus mode Joined Bus or Clustered when applicable are the only possible modes in these circumstances This property displays the version of the enclosure firmware NOTE For systems supporting multiple backplanes the firmware version appears as upstream and downstream versions This property displays the enclosure s service tag number This number is required when talking to Dell support You can use this number to identify a specific enclosure in your environment by matching this number with the number on the service tag affixed to the enclosure For example if you have multiple enclosures and one of them experiences a failure you can use the service tag number to identify which enclosure has failed Enclosures and Backplanes 163 Property Definition Express Service Code The Express Service Code is a numeric function of your Asset Tag Asset Name Backplane Part Number SAS Address Split Bus Part Number Enclosure Part Number Enclosure Alarm service tag You can key in the numeric Express Service Code for automated call routing while calling Dell technical support You can use this number to identify a specific enclosure in your environment by matching this number with the number on the Express Service Code affixed to the enclosure This property displays the asset tag information for the enclosure You can change this property using the Set Asset Data task This pro
118. Status gt Name State Part Number These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity This property displays the name of the power supply This property displays the current status of the power supply Ready The power supply is functioning normally Degraded The power supply has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The power supply has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Storage Management may also be unable to communicate with the enclosure using SES commands The Failed state is displayed when the enclosure does not respond to a status query from Storage Management for any reason For example disconnecting the cable would cause this state to be displayed Missing The power supply is not present in the enclosure This property displays the part number of the power supply This property is not displayed for the PowerVault 22xS enclosures that have E 17 firmware or later Enclosures and Backplanes 175 Property Definition Firmware Version This property displays the firmware version number of the power supply The firmware version of power supply is available only in MD12XX boxes with enclosure firmware version 1 04 and later 176 Enclosures and Backplanes Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Does my enclosure support t
119. Storage Components It may be useful to review the Alert Log for events indicating why a component has a Warning or Critical status For additional troubleshooting information see lroubleshooting 104 Controllers Table 8 2 Component Severity Severity Component Status Warning Non critical A probe or other monitoring device has detected a reading for the component that is above or iN below the acceptable level The component may still be functioning but it could fail The component may also be functioning in an impaired state Data loss is possible Normal OK The component is working as expected Critical Failure Error The component has either failed or x failure is imminent The component requires immediate attention and may need to be replaced Data loss may have occurred Controller Information For information on the controller see the following topics e Controllers Controller Properties and Tasks Controller Components For information on attached components see the following topics e RAID Controller Batteries e Firmware Driver Versions Connectors K NOTE If you have connected the enclosure in Redundant path mode the connectors are represented as Logical Connector e Virtual Disks Controllers 105 Controller Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about the controller and execute controller tasks Controller Properties The controller properties can vary dependi
120. Storage Management u OO or FP WwW N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Select the enclosure object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Set Asset Data from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute Set Temperature Probe Values Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features The temperature probes monitor the enclosure s temperature Each temperature probe has a Warning and a Failure threshold The Warning threshold indicates that the enclosure is approaching an unacceptably warm or cool temperature You can modify the Warning threshold The Failure threshold indicates that the enclosure has reached a dangerous temperature that may cause damage and data loss You cannot change the default values for the Failure threshold To change the temperature probe s Warning threshold 1 The enclosure s temperature probes are listed in the Temperature Probes section of the screen Select the probes that you want to change Select Set new values in the Set New Temperature Probe Values section of the screen Enclosures and Backplanes 169 3 Type the lowest acceptable temperature in Celsius for the enclosure in the Minimum Warning Threshold text box The text box label indicates the range that you can specify 4 Type the highest acceptable temperature in Celsius for the enclosure in the Maxim
121. Storage Management may not be able to display any of the controllers or perform other functions Storage Management generates alerts 2131 and 2132 when it detects unsupported firmware or drivers on a controller For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals Supported Controllers This release of Storage Management supports the following controllers The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported See support dell com for the most recent driver and firmware requirements Supported RAID Controllers Storage Management supports the following RAID controllers For information on the technology used by the supported RAID controllers see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS e PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4 IM 4e Si and 4e Di e CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATAI 5 2s 24 Overview Es PERC 5 E PERC 5 i Integrated and PERC 5 i Adapter SAS 5 iR Integrated and SAS 5 iR Adapter PERC 6 E PERC 6 I Integrated and PERC 6 I Adapter PERC 6 1 Modular CERC 6 1 controller SAS 6 iR controller PERC S100 PERC S110 and S300 PERC H200 Adapter PERC H200 Integrated and PERC H200 Modular PERC H800 Adapter PERC H700 Adapter PERC H700 Integrated and PERC H700 Modular PERC H31
122. TA1 5 6ch controller Set Rebuild Rate Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Set Rebuild Rate task to change the rebuild rate For more information see Set Rebuild Rate Export Log File Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use this task to export the controller log to a text file For more information see Export Log Controller Components For information on attached components see the following topics e Battery Properties and Tasks e Connector Properties and Tasks e Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Firmware Driver Properties e Virtual Disk Properties and Tasks Foreign Configuration Operations Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Foreign Configuration Operations task provides a preview of the foreign configurations that you can import This task is available on PERC 6 controllers with firmware version 6 1 and later For more information see Foreign Configuration Operations Controllers 115 Manage Physical Disk Power Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Manage Physical Disk Power task allows to manage the power consumed by the physical disks by spinning down the hotspares and unconfigured drives if there is no I O activity for a specified amount of time This option is supported with PERC H700 H800 and H310 cards Additionally Dell PERC H810 H710 and H710P cards support
123. Table 10 3 Logical Connector Properties Property Definition These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component Severity A Warning or Critical severity may indicate that the A connector is unable to communicate with attached devices such as an enclosure Check the status of attached devices For more information see Cables Attached Correctly and g Isolate Hardware Problems Name This property displays the connector number usually 0 State This property displays the current status of the connector Possible values are Ready The connector is functioning normally Degraded The connector has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The connector has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Connector Type This property displays whether the connector is operating in RAID mode The connector is always a SAS connector Path Health The path health of the connectors is represented as normal warning or critical The possible values are displayed as Available Degraded or Failed If the enclosure health is displayed as degraded and further investigation shows all enclosure components EMMs Fans Physical Disks Power Supplies and Temperature to be in normal condition select the Information Configuration subtab of the enclosure to view details of the Path Failure Clearing the Redundant Path View If you do not wa
124. The available options are e Write Through e Write Back Click Apply NOTE This option is available for PERC H710 H710P and H810 controllers and for Online or degraded virtual disks Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions To disable cache on a virtual disk partition 1 276 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt lt Controller Name gt Connector gt Virtual Disks The list of available virtual disk is displayed Click the Partition link for which you want to disable the cache The Partitions of Virtual Disk page is displayed with the list of available virtual disk partitions From the Tasks drop down list select Disable Cache Click Execute Virtual Disks Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another This section describes how to move physical and virtual disks from one system to another Required Conditions This section applies to PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i and SAS 5 iR Controllers After some planning and preparation it is possible to migrate physical and virtual disks from one controller enclosure or server to another You can perform physical and virtual disk migration on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di PERC 5 E and PERC 5 i and SAS 5 iR controllers as long as the following conditions are met General Conditions for SCSI and SAS Controllers e Virtual disks can only be migrated to a controller that is using the sam
125. To implement disk and volume management you need to use the native disk and volume management utilities provided by your operating system 26 Overview Getting Started Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Storage Management is designed for system administrators who implement hardware RAID solutions and understand corporate and small business storage environments Storage Management enables you to configure the storage components attached to your system These components include RAID and non RAID controllers and the channels ports enclosures and disks attached to them Using Storage Management you can configure and manage controller functions without accessing the BIOS These functions include configuring virtual disks and applying RAID levels and hot spares for data protection You can initiate many other controller functions like rebuilds troubleshooting setting thresholds and so on Most functions can be configured and managed while the system remains online and continues to process requests Storage Management reports the status of storage components When the status for a component changes Storage Management updates the display for that component and sends an alert to the Alert Log In addition to status changes Storage Management generates alerts for user actions such as creating or deleting a virtual disk and for many other events Most alerts also generate SNMP traps Other than monitoring and reporting status Storage Ma
126. Use the Fast Initialize task to initialize all physical disks included in the virtual disk The Fast Initialize task updates the metadata on the physical disks so that all disk space is available for future write operations The 264 Virtual Disks initialize can be completed quickly because existing information on the physical disks is not erased although future write operations overwrite any information that remains on the physical disks NOTE Doing a Fast Initialize causes existing data to be inaccessible This task should be considered data destructive In comparison with the Slow Initialize task the Fast Initialize task has the following advantages e The Fast Initialize task takes less time to complete e The Fast Initialize task does not write zeroes to the disk blocks on the physical disks Because the Fast Initialize task does not perform a write operation it causes less degradation to the disk than does the Slow Initialize task If you have had trouble with a physical disk or suspect that it has bad disk blocks you may want to perform a Slow Initialize task as this task remaps bad blocks and writes zeroes to all disk blocks Considerations for Slow Initialize Use the Slow Initialize task to initialize all physical disks included in the virtual disk The Slow Initialize task updates the metadata on the physical disks and erases all existing data and file systems In comparison with the Fast Initialize task you may wan
127. Visible to Windows Disk Management 301 Virtual Disk Errors onLinux 301 Problems Associated With Using the Same Physical Disks for Both Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks 302 Specific Problem Situations and Solutions 303 Physical Disk is Offline or Displays an ErrorStatus 0000000 304 A Disk is Marked as Failed When Rebuilding in a Cluster Configuration 304 A Disk on a PERC 4 Di Controller Does not Return Online after a Prepare to Remove 304 Contents 17 Receive a Bad Block Alert with Replacement Sense or Medium Error 305 Read and Write Operations Experience Problems 22000 306 1 0 Stops When a Redundant Channel Fails 306 A Task Menu Option is Not Displayed 306 A Corrupt Disk or Drive Message Suggests Running autocheck DuringaReboot 307 Erroneous Status and Error Messages after a Windows Hibernation 307 Storage Management May Delay Before Updating Temperature Probe Status 307 Storage Management May Delay Displaying Storage Devices AfterReboot 307 You are Unable to Log into a Remote System 307 PCle SSD Troubleshooting 309 Fluid CacheforDAS 310 19 Frequently Asked Questions 313 Why is a Rebuild not Working 313 How Can I Safely Remove or Replace a Physical Diskk 000 313
128. Wizard is appropriate for novice users Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step of This sub section describes using the Advanced Wizard to create a virtual disk The Advanced Wizard requires a good knowledge of RAID levels and hardware and is appropriate for advanced users Virtual Disks This sub section provides detailed information regarding virtual disk management This information includes controller specific considerations that affect virtual disk creation and management Assign a hot spare to the virtual disk When a virtual disk uses a redundant RAID level then you can assign a hot spare backup physical disk to rebuild data if a physical disk in the virtual disk fails For more information see Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare This section describes hot spares and includes controller specific information Perform a Check Consistency The Maintain Integrity of Redundant Virtual Disks task verifies the accuracy of a virtual disk s redundant data Reconfigure a Virtual Disk You can add physical disks to a virtual disk to expand the virtual disk s capacity You can also change RAID levels For more information see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step of 3 Getting Started 31 32 Getting Started Understanding RAID Concepts Storage Management uses Redundant Array of Independent Disks RAID technology to provide Storage Management capability Understanding Storage Manag
129. a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function This feature provides better data redundancy and read performance but slower write performance Your system must have at least three disks to use RAID 5 Select RAID 6 for striping with additional distributed parity This selection groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks The virtual disk remains functional with up to two disk failures RAID 6 provides better read performance but slower write performance Your system must have at least four disks to use RAID 6 Virtual Disks 247 2 248 Select RAID 10 for striping over mirror sets This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n 2 disks Data is striped across the replicated mirrored pair disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function The data is read from the surviving mirrored pair disk This feature provides the best failure protection read and write performance Your system must have at least four disks to use RAID 10 Select RAID 50 to implement striping across more than one span of physical disks RAID 50 groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 1 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span Select RAID 60 to implement striping across more than one RAID 6 span RAID 60 Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 2 disks where
130. a failed physical disk is used by both redundant and non redundant virtual disks only the redundant virtual disks are rebuilt For information on controller limitations see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Exceptions to One Physical Disk Limitation for Concatenated Virtual Disks on CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers When using the Storage Management Create Virtual Disk wizard you can only use one physical disk to create a concatenated virtual disk The Create Virtual Disk wizard imposes this limitation in order to protect the concatenated virtual disk against potential data loss in the event that you reconfigure the virtual disk to a RAID 1 mirror For possible reconfiguration scenarios see Starting and Target RAID Levels for Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion There are other situations however where you can create a concatenated virtual disk using more than one physical disk For example if you perform a Split Mirror or an Unmirror on a RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk that has four or more physical disks then the resulting concatenated virtual disks have two or more physical disks For information about splitting and unmirroring RAID 1 concatenated virtual disks see Split Mirror and Unmirror When using the controller BIOS you can create a concatenated virtual disk using more than one physical disk Virtual Disk Considerations on Linux On some versions of the Linux operating system the
131. abled See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Convert to Non RAID Disks On Dell PERC H310 adapters in the controller tasks drop down menu select the task Convert to Non RAID disks 1 The disks in Ready state are displayed Select the drives that you want to convert 2 Click Apply An acknowledgement that the disks have been converted is displayed Convert to RAID Capable Disks On Dell PERC H310 adapters in the controller tasks drop down menu select the task Convert to RAID Capable disks 1 The non RAID disks are displayed Select the drives that you want to convert 2 Click Apply An acknowledgement that the disks have been converted is displayed Controllers 151 Patrol Read Report Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This report provides information on all the Patrol Reads done on the controller in the chronological order It provides information such as last run time and result If the Patrol Read fails it provides the reason for the failure To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Click Storage to view the dash board 2 Select View Patrol Read Report from the Select Report drop down menu 3 Click Execute Check Consistency Report Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This report provides information on all the Consistency Checks done on the controller in a chronological order It provides information such as las
132. ace The following sections describe how to access the Storage Management features using the Server Administrator graphical user interface GUI Storage Object The Server Administrator tree view displays a Storage object The Storage Management features are accessible by selecting the Storage object or expanding the Storage object and selecting a lower level object Health Subtab The Health subtab displays status information for the storage components For more information see Storage Health Information Configuration Subtab The Information Configuration subtab displays the property information for a storage object The Information Configuration subtabs also have drop down menus and buttons for executing storage tasks or launching wizards Getting Started 29 Drop down Menus and Wizards for Running Tasks Many of the storage objects displayed in the tree view have tasks Examples of these tasks include creating virtual disks assigning hot spares reconditioning a battery and so on To access a storage object s task select the component in the tree view and then select the Information Configuration subtab The Information Configuration subtabs have task drop down menus or buttons for launching a task Using the Storage Management Command Line Interface Storage Management has a fully featured command line interface CLI For more information see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Gui
133. age Management PERC BIOS Configuration Utility for the 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC and 4 Di Controllers Controller Adapter Virtual Disk Logical Drive Physical disk Physical Drive Reconfigure Virtual Disk Reconstruct BIOS Terms and the CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers Table 17 2 Naming convention differences between Storage Management and PERC BIOS Container Configuration Utility CCU Storage Management CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers Virtual Disk Container Physical disk Drive Check Consistency Scrub Stripe Size Chunk Size Concatenation Volume BlOS Terminology 291 292 Table 17 2 Naming convention differences between Storage Management and PERC BIOS Container Configuration Utility CCU continued Storage Management CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers Concatenation of RAID 1 Volume RAID 0 RAID 0 Stripe RAID 1 RAID 1 Mirror Diagnostics Verify BIOS Terminology Troubleshooting This section contains troubleshooting procedures for common situations as well as for specific problems Common Troubleshooting Procedures This section describes commands and procedures that can be used in troubleshooting Topics covered include e Cables Attached Correctly System Requirements e Drivers and Firmware e Isolate Hardware Problems e Rescan to Update Information on SCSI Controllers e Replacing a Failed Disk e Recovering from Removing the Wrong Phy
134. age Management displays that the system was in redundant path configuration before reboot and is no longer in this configuration If you are sure you do not want the redundant path mode clear the existing redundant path view using Clear Redundant Path View provided in the Change Controller Properties controller task Selecting this option clears the redundant path view and the connectors are represented on the user interface as Connector 0 and Connector 1 Related Topics e Logical Connector Properties and Tasks e Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Set Patrol Read Mode Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Patrol Read is a feature for identifying disk errors in order to avoid disk failures and data loss or corruption The Patrol Read only runs on disks that are being used in a virtual disk or that are hot spares When possible the Patrol Read corrects disk errors and restores the integrity of the data The Patrol Read task runs in the background When the Patrol Read mode is set to Auto the Patrol Read is initiated when the controller has been idle for a period of time and when no other background tasks are active In this circumstance the Patrol Read feature also enhances system performance as disk errors can be identified and corrected while the disk is not the subject of I O activity The controller adjusts the amount of system resources dedicated to the Patrol Read based on the amount of co
135. age tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Select the enclosure object Select the Information Configuration subtab ao a Aa U N Select View Slot Occupancy Report from the Available Tasks drop down menu 7 Click Execute EMM Properties Use this window to view information about the Enclosure Management Modules EMMs Enclosures and Backplanes 171 Table 9 3 EMM Properties Property Definition Status Name State Part Number These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity This property displays the name of the EMM This property displays the current state of the EMMs e Ready The EMM is functioning normally Degraded The EMM has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state e Failed The EMM has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Storage Management may also be unable to communicate with the enclosure using SES commands The Failed state is displayed when the enclosure does not respond to a status query from Storage Management for any reason For example disconnecting the cable would cause this state to be displayed e Missing The EMM is not present in the enclosure e Not Installed The EMM is not present in the enclosure This property displays the part
136. al Disk Dell supports Solid State Disks and Hard Disk Drives on the same backplane but not within the same Virtual Disk K NOTE With the exception of combining SAS SATA SCSI and SSD drives Dell supports upgrades and not downgrades Add a New Disk to Your System 1 Install or attach the new physical disk or disks or physical devices For more information see the documentation that came with the disk Do one of the following depending on the controller technology For more information see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS For SCSI SATA and ATA Controllers a Select the controller to which the disk is attached and click the Information Configuration tab b Execute the Rescan task The new disk should be displayed in the tree view after the rescan If the new disk is not displayed restart the computer For SAS Controllers a Check the Alert Log for an alert verifying that the system has identified the new disk You may receive alert 2052 or 2294 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals b Refresh the display by clicking Refresh or by changing screens K NOTE Clicking the Refresh button in the right pane refreshes only the right pane 198 To view the new physical disk in the left pane tree view click the system name displayed at the top of the left pane or select View gt Refresh from the bro
137. al Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Express Wizard Rename Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reconfigure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Change Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Split Mirror No No No No No No Unmirror No No No No No No Delete Last Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 340 Supported Features Table A 23 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 1 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Task Name PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC6 l PERC 6 1 CERC 6 I Modular Delete any Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Check Consistency Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cancel Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Consistency Pause Check No No No No No No Consistency Resume Check No No No No No No Consistency Cancel Background Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Initialization BGI Format Virtual Disk No No No No No No Cancel Format Virtual No No No No No No Disk Restore Dead Disk No No No No No No Segments Initialize Virtual Disk No No No No No No Fast Initialize Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Slow Initialize Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Cancel Initialize Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disk Replace Member No No Yes with Yes with Yes with No firmware firmware firmware 6 land 6 land 6 1 and later later later Supported Features 341 Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 24 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers
138. al disk is redundant Assigning a Hot Spare If a hot spare was already assigned to the virtual disk then data from the failed disk may already be rebuilt onto the hot spare In this case you need to assign a new hot spare For more information see Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare and Assign and Unassign Global Hot Spare Troubleshooting 295 Replacing a Failed Physical Disk that is Part of a Non Redundant Virtual Disk If the failed physical disk is part of a non redundant virtual disk such as RAID 0 then the failure of a single physical disk causes the entire virtual disk to fail To proceed you need to verify when your last backup was and if there is any new data that has been written to the virtual disk since that time If you have backed up recently and there is no new data on the disks that would be missed you can restore from backup K NOTE If the failed disk is attached to a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC or 4 Di controller you can attempt to recover data from the disk by using the procedure described in Using the Physical Disk Online Command on Select Controllers before continuing with the following procedure Do the following 1 Delete the virtual disk which is currently in a failed state Remove the failed physical disk 2 3 Insert a new physical disk 4 Create a new virtual disk 5 Restore from backup Using the Physical Disk Online Command on Select Controllers Does my controller support this feature
139. all data present on the disk Physical Disks or Physical Devices 215 To locate this task in Storage Management ao oo FF U N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure or Backplane object Select the Physical Disks object Select Instant Encrypt Erase from the Available Tasks drop down menu of the physical disk you want to clear Click Execute Full Initialization Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Full Initialization task to erase an encrypted physical device This task is available for Unconfigured SED drive Foreign configured encrypted drives Unconfigured and foreign SED drive even when an Encryption Key is not present in the controller A CAUTION Full Initialization permanently erases all data present on the disk To locate this task in Storage Management 216 ao a Aa U N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure or Backplane object Select the Physical Devices object Select Full Initialization from the Available Tasks drop down menu of the physical device you want to clear Click Execute Physical Disks or Physical Devices Convert to RAID Capable Disk This task enables a disk for all RAID operations This task is supported on H310 controllers Co
140. alth Status for Storage Components Table B 13 Health Status Rollup Lost Both Power Connections to the Enclosure Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur All Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e Enclosur Disks Disks m e Compone nts Health NA NA NA Rollup A A Health Status Rollup One or More Physical Disks are Failed Table B 14 Health Status Rollup One or More Physical Disks are Failed Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e e Disks Disks m Physical Disk s Compon status lb O A O Health NA NA e A A O O a Q id Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 389 Health Status Rollup Physical Disk is Rebuilding Table B 15 Health Status Rollup Physical Disk is Rebuilding Storage Controlle Connecto Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r r e e Disks Disks m Compone nt Compon Status lh Health NA NA Rollup A A A 390 Determining the Health Status for Storage Components
141. an Controller No No No No No No Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 336 Supported Features Table A 19 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers continued Controller Task PERC 5 E PERC 5 i Name Export Log File Yes Yes Clear Foreign Yes Yes Configuration Import Foreign Yes Yes Configuration Import Recover Yes with Yes with Foreign firmware firmware Configuration S l xor 5 1 x or greater greater Set Patrol Read Yes Yes Mode Start Patrol Read Yes Yes Stop Patrol Read Yes Yes Replace Member No No Foreign No No Configuration Import Preview of No No Foreign Configuration Hot plug of No No Enclosures PERC 6 E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later PERC 6 I Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later No PERC 6 1 Modular Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later Yes with firmware 6 1 and later No Supported Features CERC 6 I Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No 337 Table A 19 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 1 Controllers continued
142. an SED The encryption settings are then used to configure the virtual disk and the SED K NOTE The Encryption must be manually enabled for any virtual disk that was created using SED drives on a controller for which the Encryption was not enabled earlier If the virtual disk is created after a controller has had encryption enabled it will automatically be configured as an encrypted virtual disk unless the enabled encryption option is disabled during the advance config virtual disk creation On an encryption capable controller the Manage Encryption Key task allows you to enable encryption in LKM mode If you enable LKM you can create an Encryption Key on an encryption capable controller and save it locally You can also change or delete the Encryption Key K NOTE This task is available only on PERC H7x0 and H8x0 controllers To go to the Manage Encryption Key task in Storage Management 1 Select Storage in the Storage tree 2 Go to Storage Dashboard Available Tasks drop down menu Manage Encryption Key 3 Click Execute OR Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select an encryption capable controller object Go to Information Configuration subtab Controller Tasks drop down menu Manage Encryption Key 4 Click Execute If the controller is encryption capable and an Encryption Key is not present then the Create Encryption Key page is displayed Else the Change or Delete Encryption Key page is di
143. an external enclosure from one server to another the enclosure must be connected to the same connector number on the controller as in the original condition e Inthe case where a virtual disk consists of physical disks on multiple connectors each physical disk must be migrated to an enclosure that is connected to the same connector number that the physical disk or enclosure was originally connected to SAS Controller Conditions e On SAS controllers you can migrate a virtual disk by moving the physical disks from one controller to another and then importing the foreign configuration on the receiving controller For more information see Foreign Configuration Operations When moving an enclosure on a SAS controller you can move the enclosure to any connector number and then import the foreign configuration on the receiving controller For more information see Foreign Configuration Operations Migrating SCSI Virtual Disks to Another System This section applies to the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers The following describes how to migrate virtual disks and volumes from one system to another Completing the migration requires the following activities e Moving the Disks e Saving the New Controller Configuration 278 Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another Moving the Disks 1 2 Turn off the system that the physical disks are being moved from If the receiving controller
144. ant Virtual Disks Rebuilding Redundant Information Virtual Disk Bad Block Management What is a Virtual Disk Bad Block 7 Recommendations Contents 13 14 Contents Virtual Disk Properties and Tasks Virtual Disk Properties Virtual Disk Tasks 2 008 Partitions of Virtual Disk Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step1of2 0004 Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step20f2 0000 Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step ofA 2s as tee Be ee eae Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 2 oe heed ee ees Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 3of4 eke eee ee ee oe Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Stop 4 0 4 93 ceed ocho eek Oe Span Edit sA tee oe tn ard oh eo See Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 10f3 Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 2 of 3 Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 3 of 3 Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Considerations for Format Considerations for Initialize Considerations for Fast Initialize Considerations for Slow Initialize Formatting or InitializingaDisk Virtual Disk Task Delete Virtual Disk Task Rename Virtual Disk Task Change Policy SplitMirror Unmir
145. are version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable This property displays the minimum firmware version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller firmware does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the version of the driver that is currently installed on the controller NOTE On some controllers Storage Management may not be able to obtain the driver version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable This property displays the minimum driver version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller driver does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com Controllers 107 Property Definition Number of This property displays the number of connectors the Connectors controller has Each connector can be attached to physical disks or an enc
146. as created using another application and if it does contain partial physical disks then you cannot assign a dedicated hot spare to the virtual disk Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare 285 K NOTE For H700 and H800 controllers you can assign a dedicated hot spare to RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 e Considerations for Multiple Dedicated Hot Spares From Storage Management version 3 1 onwards Storage Management enables you to assign more than one dedicated hot spare to a virtual disk K NOTE This feature is applicable only on PERC 5 and PERC 6 family of controllers Physical Disk State Alert Messages and Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di Controllers If you have a hot spare assigned to a virtual disk and a physical disk in the virtual disk fails the failed physical disk may change from Online state to Ready state without displaying a Failed state This occurs when the hot spare is activated before the physical disk is able to report the Failed state Because the Failed state is not reported the Device failed physical disk event 2048 is not generated When the hot spare is activated the hot spare displays the Rebuilding state If you review the event log and identify a rebuilding event such as 2064 or 2065 you can assume that a physical disk has failed For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com
147. asks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers continued Virtual Disk Task Name CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Restore Dead Disk No Yes Segments Initialize Virtual Disk No No Fast Initialize Virtual Disk No No Slow Initialize Virtual No No Disk Cancel Initialize Virtual No No Disk Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 15 Virtual Disk Specifications for the CERC SATA Controllers Virtual Disk Specification CERC SATA2S CERC SATA 6ch Maximum Number of l 10 Virtual Disks per Controller Minimum Virtual Disk 100MB 100MB Size Maximum Virtual Disk 2TB 2TB Size Maximum Number of l 16 Spans per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of 2 2 Physical Disks per Span Minimum Stripe Size 16k 8k Maximum Stripe Size 64k 64k Maximum Number of l 9 Virtual Disks per Disk Group 332 Supported Features Table A 15 Virtual Disk Specifications for the CERC SATA Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification CERC SATA2S CERC SATA 6ch Maximum Number of l l Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Maximum Number of 2 48 Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Maximum Physical Disks 2 2 in a RAID 1 Maximum Number of NA 16 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Maximum Number of NA 32 Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Maximum Number of NA NA Physical Disks in a RAID 50 Minimum Number of l l Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Minimum Number of 1 1 Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Minimum Number of 7 2 Physical Disks in a R
148. at has been disconnected from and then reconnected to the controller Prepare to Remove Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Prepare to Remove task to spin down a physical disk or physical device so that it can safely be removed from an enclosure or backplane It is recommended that you perform this task before removing a disk or device to prevent data loss Physical Disks or Physical Devices 209 This task causes the lights on the disk to blink You can safely remove the disk or device under the following conditions e Wait for about 30 seconds to allow the disk to spin down e Wait until you notice the initial blink pattern has changed into a different pattern or the lights have stopped blinking A physical disk or physical device is no longer in Ready state after doing a Prepare to Remove Removing the physical disk or device from the enclosure or backplane and replacing it causes the physical disk or device to spin up and return to Ready state In some cases a rescan is required for the controller to recognize configuration changes such as the removal of a disk or device For more information see Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes K NOTE This procedure is not available for physical disks or devices that have been assigned as a hot spare or physical disks or devices that are part of a virtual disk In addition this procedure is only supported for hotswap physical disks or dev
149. ately stored on all disks When a disk fails the virtual disk still works but it is operating in a degraded state The data is reconstructed from the surviving disks Better read performance but slower write performance Redundancy for protection of data Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 6 Striping with additional distributed parity RAID 6 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information Similar to RAID 5 the parity is distributed within each stripe RAID 6 however uses an additional physical disk to maintain parity such that each stripe in the disk group maintains two disk blocks with parity information The additional parity provides data protection in the event of two disk failures In Figure 3 5 the two sets of parity information are identified as P and Q Understanding RAID Concepts 43 Figure 3 5 RAID 6 Strip Data Flow Starts Here gt RAID 6 Characteristics 44 Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks The virtual disk remains functional with up to two disk failures The data is reconstructed from the surviving disks Better rea
150. atting applies to the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers For more information see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Initializing The virtual disk is being initialized Initialization applies to the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers For more information see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize On some controllers the virtual disk state is not updated until the controller performs an I O operation For more information see I O and Reboot Requirements for Detecting Physical Disk Status Changes Degraded Redundancy This state is applicable to RAID 6 only in which a physical disk in a redundant virtual disk is not online but the virtual disk is still accessible and functioning This property displays whether the virtual disk has a partition The possible values are Not Available and Link to the Partitions information page This property displays whether the virtual disk has bad blocks This property displays whether the virtual disk is encrypted The possible values are Yes and No This property displays whether the Hot Spare Protection Policy has been violated NOTE This property is displayed only if you set any Hot Spare Protection Policy For more information see Setting Hot Spare Protection Policy This property displays the RAID level This property displays the total capacity of the virtual disk The algorithm for calculating the virtual disk size rounds a value of 0
151. be viewed on the Fluid Cache Disks page Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks To disable cache on a virtual disk 1 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt lt Controller Name gt Connector gt Virtual Disks The Virtual Disk on lt Controller Name gt page is displayed with the list of virtual disks for the controller From the Tasks drop down list corresponding the virtual disk for which you want to disable the cache select Disable Fluid Cache Click Execute A pop up window is displayed confirming the disable operation Any dirty data for the virtual disk is moved from the cache to the virtual disk and the corresponding Fluid Cache disk is removed Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions You can enable Fluid Cache on virtual disk partitions for PERC controllers To enable cache on a virtual disk partition 1 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt lt Controller Name gt Connector gt Virtual Disks The list of available virtual disk is displayed Click the Partition link for which you want to enable the cache Virtual Disks 275 5 K The Partitions of Virtual Disk page is displayed with the list of available virtual disk partitions NOTE The Partition link is available only if the corresponding virtual disk has partitions From the Tasks drop down list select Enable Fluid Cache Select the Write cache mode
152. ble Disks 151 PatrolReadReport 152 Check Consistency Report 152 Slot Occupancy Report 152 9 Enclosures and Backplanes 155 Backplanes 04 155 Contents 10 Contents Enclosures 2000000 Enclosure Physical Disks EnclosureFans 0 4 Enclosure Power Supplies Enclosure Temperature Probes Enclosure Management Modules EMMs SMART Thermal Shutdown Changing the Mode on PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S Enclosures Enclosure Management Enclosure and Backplane Health Enclosure and Backplane Status Enclosure and Backplane Information Enclosure and Backplane Components Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks eed ees a a Red Bob eA eet Enclosure and Backplane Properties Enclosure Tasks 0 4 Available Reports SetAssetData 0 Set Temperature Probe Values View Slot Occupancy Report EMM Properties Fan Properties Power Supply Properties Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Set Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks 179 10 Connectors ries cc eee eae eed 181 Channel Redundancy a
153. build No No Remove Dead Disk Segments No No Format Disk No No Clear No No 374 Supported Features Table A 56 Physical Disk Tasks Supported on the Non RAID Controllers continued Physical Disk Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Cancel Clear No No Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 57 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the Non RAID Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Disk Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Rename Blink Unblink Reconfigure Change Policy Split Mirror Unmirror Delete Last Virtual Disk Delete any Virtual Disk Check Consistency Cancel Check Consistency Pause Check Consistency Resume Check Consistency Cancel Background Initialization BGI Format Virtual Disk Cancel Format Virtual Disk Supported Features 375 Table A 57 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the Non RAID Controllers continued Virtual Disk Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Restore Dead Disk Segments No No Initialize Virtual Disk No No Fast Initialize Virtual Disk No No Slow Initialize Virtual Disk No No Cancel Initialize Virtual Disk No No Enclosure Support Table A 58 Enclosure Support on the Non RAID Controllers Enclosure Support Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Can an enclosure be attached to this Yes No controller Enclosure and Backplane
154. c Blade Mini Monolit hic Connector No No No No No No No Rescan Physical Disk Tasks Table A 31 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Physical Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH710 PERC PERC H310 Task Name H800 H810 H700 H700 Adapter Mi H710P Adapter M Adapter Adapter l Modular ni Adapter ini ntegrated Blade Mini Blade Mini Monolithic Monolithic Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Assign and Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Unassign Global Hot Spare Prepare to No No No No No No No Remove Offline Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Online Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Initialize No No No No No No No Rebuild Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported Features 351 Table A 31 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Physical Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH710 PERC PERC H310 Task Name H800 H810 H700 H700 Adapter Mi H710P Adapter M Adapter Adapter l Modular ni Adapter ini ntegrated Blade Mini Blade Mini Monolithic Monolithic Cancel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rebuild Remove Dead No No No No No No No Disk Segments Format Disk No No No No No No No Clear Yes No Yes Yes No No No Cancel Clear Yes No Yes Yes No No No Cancel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Replace Member Convert to NA No NA NA No No Yes Raid Capable disk Convert to NA No NA NA No No Yes Non Raid disk Instant Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Encrypt Erase Revertible Hot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Spare 352 Supported Featur
155. cal Disk or Physical Device Tasks Blink and Unblink Physical Disk Remove Dead Segments PreparetoRemove Initialize 20 ee eee EN eet Rebuild 2 2 g4 0 4 233 04 ene Qaraes CancelRebuild Assign and Unassign Global Hot Spare Online and Offline 0 0 Clear Physical Disk and Cancel Clear RevertibleHotSpare Instant EncryptErase Contents Full Initialization Convert to RAID Capable Disk Convert to Non RAID Disk 13 Virtual Disks 0 0 0 0 2 Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers Virtual Disk Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers eek Be tek od eee A ed Virtual Disk Considerations for PERC S100 110 and S300 Controllers Virtual Disk Considerations on Linux Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller e 2p exis Sh aes Yee aks Calculation for Maximum Virtual Disk Size and the Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Channel Redundant Virtual Disks Creating Virtual Disks Reconfiguring Migrating Virtual Disks Starting and Target RAID Levels for Virtual Disk Reconfiguration and Capacity Expansion Maintain Integrity of Redund
156. cal disk or physical device task 1 oo N 0O O Aa UO N Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure or Backplane object Select the Physical Disks or Physical Devices object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute Physical Disks or Physical Devices K NOTE Different controllers support different features For this reason the tasks displayed on the Tasks drop down menu can vary depending on which controller is selected in the tree view If no tasks can be performed because of controller or system configuration limitations then the Tasks drop down menu displays No Task Available Physical Disk Drop down Menu Tasks Blink and Unblink Physical Disk Remove Dead Segments Assign and Unassign Global Hot Spare Prepare to Remove Online and Offline Initialize Rebuild Cancel Rebuild Clear Physical Disk and Cancel Clear Revertible Hot Spare Instant Encrypt Erase Convert to RAID Capable Disk Convert to Non RAID Disk Blink and Unblink Physical Disk Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Blink task allows you to find a disk within an enclosure by blinking one of the light emitting diodes LEDs on the disk You may want to use this task to locate a failed disk 208 Physical Disks or Physical Devices
157. cated global hot spares to be assigned to the virtual disks controller You can also specify the severity levels for the protection policy Dell OpenManage Storage Management sends alerts when the hot spare protection policy is violated Storage Management does not provide a default policy however you can determine the hot spare protection policy best suited for your environment Dedicated Hot Spare Protection Policy Table 15 1 Hot Spare Properties Property Definition RAID Layout The RAID level s for which you want to configure the hot spare protection policy Minimum The minimum number of physical disks to be assigned as Number of Disks dedicated hot spares for the selected RAID level s Severity Level The severity level you want to assign to the generated alert if this policy is violated NOTE The status of the virtual disk is determined by the severity level you specify for this policy Resetting the Hot Spare Protection Policy Deselect the RAID Layout to reset the dedicated hot spare protection policy 282 Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare Global Hot Spare Protection Policy Table 15 2 Global Hot Spare Properties Property Definition Enable Global Enables the Global Hot Spare Protection Policy Hot Spare Minimum Displays the minimum number of physical disks to be Number of Disks assigned as global hot spares for the controller Severity Level Displays the severity level that you mu
158. catenation or a RAID level the following performance and cost considerations apply Availability or fault tolerance Availability or fault tolerance refers to a system s ability to maintain operations and provide access to data even when one of its components has failed In RAID volumes availability or fault tolerance is achieved by maintaining redundant data Redundant data includes mirrors duplicate data and parity information reconstructing data using an algorithm Performance Read and write performance can be increased or decreased depending on the RAID level you choose Some RAID levels may be more appropriate for particular applications Cost efficiency Maintaining the redundant data or parity information associated with RAID volumes requires additional disk space In situations where the data is temporary easily reproduced or non essential the increased cost of data redundancy may not be justified Mean Time Between Failure MTBF Using additional disks to maintain data redundancy also increases the chance of disk failure at any given moment Although this cannot be avoided in situations where redundant data is a requirement it does have implications for the workload of your organization s system support staff Volume Volume refers to a single disk non RAID virtual disk You can create volumes using external utilities like the O ROM lt Ctrl1 R gt Storage Management does not support the creation of volumes Howev
159. ce a failed disk in the following situations e Replacing a Failed Disk that is Part of a Redundant Virtual Disk e Replacing a Failed Physical Disk that is Part of a Non Redundant Virtual Disk e Replacing a Failed Physical Disk in a RAID 1 on a CERC SATAI 5 2s Replacing a Failed Disk that is Part of a Redundant Virtual Disk If the failed disk is part of a redundant virtual disk then the disk failure should not result in data loss You should replace the failed disk immediately however as additional disk failures can cause data loss If the redundant virtual disk has a hot spare assigned to it then the data from the failed disk is rebuilt onto the hot spare After the rebuild the former hot spare functions as a regular physical disk and the virtual disk is left without a hot spare In this case you should replace the failed disk and make the replacement disk a hot spare K NOTE If the redundant virtual disk does not have a hot spare assigned to it then replace the failed disk using the procedure described in Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts Replacing the Disk 1 Remove the failed disk 2 Insert a new disk Make sure that the new disk is the same size or larger as the disk you are replacing On some controllers you may not be able to use the additional disk space if you insert a larger disk For more information see Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers A rebuild is automatically initiated because the virtu
160. cel Format or Initialize Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Cancel Format or Cancel Initialize task to cancel the virtual disk format or initialize while it is in progress For more information on virtual disk format or initialize see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize K NOTE The Cancel Initialize task only applies to the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers 240 Virtual Disks Cancel Background Initialization Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features On PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers background initialization of redundant virtual disks begins automatically after the virtual disk is created Because the initialization is run in the background other processes can continue while the initialization completes The background initialization of a redundant virtual disk prepares the virtual disk for parity information and improves write performance It is important that the background initialization be allowed to run to completion You can however cancel the background initialization When you do so the controller restarts the background initialization at a later time For more information see Background Initialization on PERC Controllers Use the Cancel Background Initialization task to cancel a background initialization on a virtual disk K NOTE On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di contro
161. che page is displayed with the Fluid Cache and cache pool properties Table 6 1 Fluid Cache Properties Properties Description Status Displays the status of the Fluid Cache The possible options are OK e Non critical e Critical License State Displays the status of the Fluid Cache license The possible options are e Valid License Expired Fluid Cache Disks K NOTE When caching is enabled on the virtual disk partitioning of corresponding back end virtual disk is not supported For enabling caching on a virtual disk or partition see Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks or Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions For disabling cache on virtual disk or partition see Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks or Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions Table 6 2 Fluid Cache Disk Properties Properties Description Status Displays the status of the Fluid Cache The possible options are e OK e Non critical e Critical 76 Fluid Cache for DAS Table 6 2 Fluid Cache Disk Properties continued Properties Description Name Displays the name of the Fluid Cache disk State Displays the state of the Fluid Cache The possible options are e Active e Failed Tasks Allows you to disable and discard a particular Fluid Cache disk Click on Execute to complete this operation Type Displays the type of device The possible values are Device Name Size Configured Cache M
162. ck Alert with Replacement Sense or Medium Error The following alerts or events are generated when a portion of a physical disk is damaged e 2146 e 2147 2148 2149 e 2150 This damage is discovered when the controller performs an operation that requires scanning the disk Examples of operations that may result in these alerts are as follows e Consistency check e Rebuild e Virtual disk format e VO If you receive an alerts 2146 through 2150 as the result of doing a rebuild or while the virtual disk is in a degraded state then data cannot be recovered from the damaged disk without restoring from backup If you receive alerts 2146 through 2150 under circumstances other than a rebuild then data recovery may be possible The following describes each of these situations Alerts 2146 through 2150 Received during a Rebuild or while a Virtual Disk is Degraded Do the following if you receive alerts 2146 through 2150 during a rebuild or while the virtual disk is in a degraded state 1 Replace the damaged physical disk 2 Create a new virtual disk and allow the virtual disk to completely resynchronize While the resynchronization is in progress the status of the virtual disk is Resynching 3 Restore data to the virtual disk from backup Troubleshooting 305 Alerts 2146 through 2150 Received while Performing 1 0 Consistency Check Format or Other Operation If you receive alerts 2146 through 215
163. controller s rebuild rate 1 Type a numerical value in the New Rebuild Rate text box The value must be within the 0 100 range 2 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Set Rebuild Rate from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties a FF WwW N Reset Configuration Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Reset Configuration task to erase all information on the controller so that you can perform a fresh configuration This operation destroys all data and virtual disks on the controller and unassigns any hot spares You must completely reconfigure your storage after performing this operation A CAUTION Resetting a configuration permanently destroys all data on all virtual disks attached to the controller If the system or boot partition resides on these virtual disks it is destroyed K NOTE Resetting the controller configuration does not remove a foreign configuration To remove a foreign configuration use the Clear Foreign Configuration task Controllers 117 To reset the controller configuratio
164. cover operation attempts to restore degraded failed or missing virtual disks to a healthy state A virtual disk may be in a degraded failed or missing state after losing communication with the controller due to a power loss faulty cable connection or other failure A rebuild or background initialization may automatically initiate after the recover operation completes The virtual disk data may be inconsistent after recovery You should always verify the virtual disk data after the Import Recover Foreign Configuration task completes In some cases the virtual disk data is incomplete and it is not possible to successfully recover the virtual disk To import or recover a foreign configuration Click Import Recover when you are ready to import or recover all virtual disks residing on physical disks attached to the controller To exit without importing or recovering the foreign configuration click Cancel To locate this task in Storage Management For SAS controllers with firmware versions 6 1 and later 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select Foreign Configuration Operations from the Controller Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute 6 On the Foreign Configuration Preview page click Import Recover For controllers with firmware version 6 0 and earlier 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the contro
165. create their first virtual disk unused space in the disk is used only to expand virtual disk or create new virtual disks in the unused space The virtual disks have identical RAID level Also existing mixed configuration are not affected However you cannot create mixed configurations You can read or write to the virtual disks rebuild and delete the disks You cannot create virtual disks on a set of disks migrated from earlier Software RAID versions and configured with multiple RAID levels Virtual Disk Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers When creating a virtual disk on a CERC SATAI 5 6ch or CERC SATA1 5 2s controller the physical disk selection has implications for how effectively a hot spare can rebuild the virtual disk For more information see Understanding Hot Spares and Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch 100 and 300 Controllers 222 Virtual Disks For related information see Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers When Physical Disks are Shared by Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Considerations for PERC 100 110 and 300 Controllers The following considerations apply when creating virtual disks e Space allocation When you create a new virtual disk the PERC S100 PERC S110 and 300 controllers allocate the largest area of free space on the physical disks to the new virtual disk e Rebuilding data If
166. critical Pi Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Name This property displays the name of the fan State This property displays the current status of the fan Ready The fan is functioning normally Degraded The fan has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Offline The fan or power supply has been removed from the enclosure Failed The fan has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Storage Management may also be unable to communicate with the enclosure using SES commands The Failed state is displayed when the enclosure does not respond to a status query from Storage Management for any reason For example disconnecting the cable would cause this state to be displayed Missing The fan is not present in the enclosure Part Number This property displays the part number of the fan This property is not displayed for the PowerVault 22xS enclosures that have E 17 firmware or later Speed This property indicates the fan speed Possible values are Fast Medium Slow and Stopped If the fan is in Offline state the value for the Speed property is Unknown For information on events that cause the fan speed to change refer to the hardware documentation 174 Enclosures and Backplanes Power Supply Properties Use this window to view information about the enclosure s power supplies Table 9 5 Power Supply Properties Property Definition
167. d State This property displays the current status of the Extender Card Possible values are Ready The Extender Card is functioning normally Degraded The Extender Card has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The Extender Card has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Physical Device Properties You can view information about PCIe SSDs and run PCIe SSD tasks on the Physical Device Properties screen To view the complete PCIe SSD properties click the Full View link on the top of the screen Table 5 3 lists the physical device properties for PCle SSD Table 5 3 Physical Device Properties Properties Description Name Displays the name of the PCIe SSD The name is comprised of the bay ID and the slot in which the PCle SSD is installed State Displays the health state of the PCIe SSD Bus Protocol Displays the technology that the PCle SSD is using Media Displays the media type of the physical disk PCI Express Solid State Device Support 67 Table 5 3 Physical Device Properties Properties Description Device Life Status Displays the life status of the PCle SSD The device life status is determined by the following attributes Percent Lifetime Used This attribute is determined by the elapsed time since the start of use up to three years or percentage of total bytes written TBW Write Protect Progress This attribute is determined by the
168. d CERC 6 1 Controllers continued Read Write and Cache PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 1 PERC6 l CERC 6 I Policy Modular Read Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Read Ahead Enabled Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Adaptive Read Ahead Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Read Ahead Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disabled Write Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Write Back Enabled Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Write Through Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Disabled Force Write Back Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Enabled Always Write Cache Enabled No No No No No No Protected Cache Policy No No No No No No Disk Cache Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Cache I O No No No No No No Direct I O No No No No No No Enclosure Support Table A 27 Enclosure Support on the PERC 5 E PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers Enclosure Support PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 I PERC 6 1 CERC 6 l Modular Can an enclosure be Yes No Yes No No No attached to this controller Supported Features 345 Supported Features on the PERC Hardware Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the following PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter Controllers PERC H700 Adapter PERC H700 Integrated and PERC H700 Modular Controllers PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades and PERC H710 Mini Monolithic Controllers PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic and PERC H
169. d 4e Di Controllers depending on the type of the controller Physical disk Selection for Channel redundant Virtual Disks on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di Controllers The following sections describe creating a channel redundant virtual disk using RAID 10 or RAID 50 on a PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di or e Di controllers RAID 10 1 Select one physical disk on each of two channels In other words each of the two channels select a single disk 2 Select an additional disk on each of the two channels You have now selected the minimum number of disks for a RAID 10 3 Repeat step 2 until you have the desired number of disks 4 Click Continue RAID 50 5 Select one physical disk on each of three channels In other words each of the three channels select a single disk Connectors 183 6 Select an additional disk on each of the three channels You have now selected the minimum number of disks for a RAID 50 Continue selecting a disk on each channel until you have selected the desired number of disks Repeat step 6 until you have the desired number of disks 8 Click Continue Connector Health This screen displays the status of the connector and the components attached to the connector Connector Status Component status is indicated by the severity A component with a Warning or Critical Failure status requires immediate attention to avoid data loss if possible A component s status may indicate the combined status of the c
170. d is not available on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare 287 Global Hot Spare Considerations on a SAS 6 iR The SAS 6 iR controller enables you to assign two global hot spares The controller firmware remembers the hot spare assignment even after the physical disks that you assigned as hot spares have been removed In other words in the case of a disk removal the firmware may assume that a hot spare is present when it is not In this case the firmware may prevent you from assigning a new global hot spare as the firmware assumes that a global hot spare is already assigned When a physical disk fails in a redundant virtual disk the failed disk is rebuilt onto the hot spare In this case the controller firmware reassigns the slot containing the failed disk as the hot spare In this circumstance a disk not previously assigned as a global hot spare becomes a hot spare through failure or removal To ensure that the controller firmware always has a healthy physical disk as a global hot spare do the following e When removing a physical disk that is assigned as a global hot spare unassign the hot spare before removal and reassign another physical disk as the global hot spare Immediately replace any physical disk that has failed or been removed This ensures that a healthy disk resides in a slot that the controller firmware assumes is a hot spare 288 Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a
171. d performance but slower write performance Increased redundancy for protection of data Iwo disks per span are required for parity RAID 6 is more expensive in terms of disk space l Understanding RAID Concepts Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 50 Striping over RAID 5 sets RAID 50 is striping over more than one span of physical disks For example a RAID 5 disk group that is implemented with three physical disks and then continues on with a disk group of three more physical disks would be a RAID 50 It is possible to implement RAID 50 even when the hardware does not directly support it In this case you can implement more than one RAID 5 virtual disks and then convert the RAID 5 disks to dynamic disks You can then create a dynamic volume that is spanned across all RAID 5 virtual disks Understanding RAID Concepts 45 Figure 3 6 RAID 50 RAID 50 Characteristics Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 1 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks of each RAID 5 span Better read performance but slower write performance Requires as much parity infor
172. de at support dell com manuals Displaying the Online Help Storage Management provides extensive online help This help is available from the Server Administrator graphical user interface when the Storage or lower level tree view object is selected For more information see Storage Object The online help is available as e Context sensitive Help Each Storage Management screen has a Help button Clicking the Help button displays context sensitive online help that describes the contents of the displayed screen e Table of Contents The help screens for the context sensitive Help button help contain links to the online help s Table of Contents To access the Table of Contents first click a Storage Management Help button to display a help screen Next click the Go to Table of Contents for Storage Management Online Help link to display the Table of Contents This link is displayed at the top and bottom of each help screen Use the Table of Contents to access all topics covered in the online help 30 l Getting Started Common Storage Tasks This section provides links to information describing commonly performed storage tasks Create and configure virtual disks RAID configuration For more information see Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 This sub section describes using the Express Wizard to create a virtual disk Using the Express Wizard is the quickest method for creating a virtual disk The Express
173. e device which stores digitally encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces SSD Solid State Drive An SSD is a data storage device that uses solid state memory to store persistent data Unknown Storage Management is unable to determine the media type of the physical disk This property displays how much of the physical disk space is being used by the virtual disks on the controller This property is not applicable for physical disks attached to non RAID controllers In certain circumstances the Used RAID Disk Space displays a value of zero 0 even though a portion of the physical disk is actually being used This occurs when the used space is 0 005 GB or less The algorithm for calculating the used disk space rounds off a figure of 0 005 GB or less to 0 Used disk space that is between 0 006 GB and 0 009 GB is rounded off to 0 01 GB This property displays the amount of available space on the disk This property is not applicable for physical disks attached to non RAID controllers This property indicates whether the disk has been assigned as a hot spare This property is not applicable for physical disks attached to non RAID controllers Controllers 129 Property Definition Vendor ID This property displays the disk s hardware vendor Product ID This property displays the disk s product ID Revision This property displays the drive s firmware version Serial No This property displays
174. e information on what the blink colors and patterns indicate refer to the enclosure hardware documentation Set Temperature Probe Value Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Use the Set Temperature Probe Values task to specify the Warning and Failure thresholds for the enclosure s temperature probes For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values View Slot Occupancy Report Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The View Occupancy Slot Report task allows you to view empty and occupied slot details of the selected enclosure It provides a diagram that represents the occupancy of physical drive slots Move the mouse over each slot to view details such as physical disk ID state and size 166 Enclosures and Backplanes Identifying an Open Connector for the Enclosure Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features If you have not yet attached the enclosure to an open connector you may need to identify a connector on the controller that can be used for this purpose To identify an open connector 1 Expand the Storage Management tree view until the controller object is expanded When the controller object is expanded the tree view displays the controller s connectors These connectors are numbered starting from ZETO 2 Identify a connector that is not attached to storage If the connector is already attached to storage then the Connector object can be e
175. e technology For example virtual disks on a SCSI controller must be migrated to a SCSI controller and virtual disks on a SAS controller must be migrated to a SAS controller For more information see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS e When moving an enclosure both SCSI and SAS controllers require that you power down the enclosure and the server before moving the enclosure SCSI Controller Conditions e PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di virtual disks cannot be migrated to a PERC 2 SC or PERC 2 DC controller PERC 2 SC and PERC 2 DC virtual disks can be migrated to a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si or 4e Di controller K NOTE The current version of Storage Management does not support the PERC 2 2 Si 2 SC or 2 DC controllers Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One Syst4m to e A virtual disk cannot be migrated between the CERC SATAI 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controller family and the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controller family e On SCSI controllers a virtual disk cannot be migrated from one controller to another unless the receiving controller s configuration has been cleared e When moving the physical disks on a SCSI controller from one enclosure to another the SCSI ID for each disk must remain the same For more information see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS e When moving the physical disks from one enclosure to another or when moving
176. e DC Maximum 40 40 40 40 40 40 l Number of Virtual Disks per Controller Minimum 100 100 100 100 100 100 Max Virtual Disk MB MB MB MB MB MB Size Maximum 2TB 2TB 2TB 2TB 2TB 2TB 2TB Virtual Disk Size Maximum 8 8 8 8 8 8 l Number of Spans per Virtual Disk Maximum 32 32 32 32 32 32 2 Number of Physical Disks per Span Minimum 2k 2k 2k 2k 2k 2k NA Stripe Size Maximum 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k 128k NA Stripe Size Maximum 16 16 16 16 16 16 l Number of Virtual Disks per Disk Group Supported Features 323 Table A 6 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 4 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification PERC 4 SC PERC 4 DC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 IM 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC Maximum Number of Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenate d Maximum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Maximum Physical Disks in a RAID 1 Maximum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Maximum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Maximum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 50 324 8 32 16 256 8 8 8 8 32 32 32 32 2 2 2 2 32 32 32 32 16 16 16 16 256 256 256 256 Supported Features 8 32 32 16 256 NA NA NA NA NA Table A 6 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 4 Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification PERC 4 SC PERC 4 DC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 IM 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC Minimum Nu
177. e Disks currently configured as dedicated hot spare table and returns it to the Connector channel or port table Click Apply Changes when ready To locate this task in Storage Management 1 2 3 4 272 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Assign Dedicated Hot Spare or Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Replace Member Disk Step 1 of 2 K NOTE This feature is supported only on SAS and SATA controllers with firmware versions 6 1 and later Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features You can copy data from a physical disk which is a member of a virtual disk to another physical disk by providing a Replace Member Configuration option You can initiate multiple copies of data from different array groups The source physical disk should be part of a virtual disk and in the Online state Also the virtual disk should not be fully degraded K NOTE You must also enable the Revertible Hot Spare option to use Replace Member Disk task The destination physical disk should be in the Ready state available to be written to and of appropriate size and type K NOTE The destination physical disk can also be an available hot spare To Replace a Member Disk Step 1 of 2 1 Select the physical disk in the Connector table
178. e Physical Disk Tasks 372 Supported Features e Virtual Disk Tasks e Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features Controller Tasks Table A 53 Controller Tasks Supported on the Non RAID Controllers Controller Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Enable Alarm Disable Alarm Quiet Alarm Test Alarm Reset configuration Set Rebuild Rate Set Background Initialization Rate Set Check Consistency Rate Set Reconstruct Rate Rescan Controller Create Virtual Disk Export Log File Clear Foreign Configuration Import Foreign Configuration Import Recover Foreign Configuration No Set Patrol Read Mode Start Patrol Read Stop Patrol Read Supported Features 373 Battery Tasks Table A 54 Battery Tasks Supported on the Non RAID Controllers Battery Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Recondition Battery No No Start Learn Cycle No No Delay Learn Cycle No No Connector Tasks Table A 55 Connector Tasks Supported on the Non RAID Controllers Connector Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Connector Rescan No No Physical Disk Tasks Table A 56 Physical Disk Tasks Supported on the Non RAID Controllers Physical Disk Task Name Non RAID SCSI Non RAID SAS Blink Unblink Yes Yes Assign and Unassign Global Hot No No Spare Prepare to Remove No No Offline No No Online No No Initialize No No Rebuild No No Cancel Re
179. e Virtual Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Disk Express Wizard Rename Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reconfigure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Change Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Split Mirror No No No No No No No Unmirror No No No No No No No Delete Last Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Virtual Disk Delete any Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Virtual Disk Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Consistency Cancel Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Consistency Pause Check No No No No No No No Consistency Supported Features 321 Table A 5 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers continued Virtual Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Task Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e D 4 IM C Resume Check No No No No No No No Consistency Cancel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Background Initialization BGI Format Virtual No No No No No No No Disk Cancel Format No No No No No No No Virtual Disk Restore Dead No No No No No No No Disk Segments Initialize Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Virtual Dis Fast Initialize No No No No No No No Virtual Dis Slow Initialize No No No No No No No Virtual Dis Cancel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Initialize Virtual Dis 322 l Supported Features Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 6 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 4 Controllers Virtual Disk PERC 4 SC PERC 4 DC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 IM Specification 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4
180. e and Cluster Controllers e Controller Properties and Tasks Which Controllers do Have Each controller attached to the system is displayed under the Storage object in the tree view In addition the Storage object s Health and Information Configuration subtabs display information for each controller To identify which controllers are attached to the system 1 Select the Storage tree view object The Health subtab displays the name and status for each controller attached to the system 2 Click the Information Configuration subtab to display additional information for each controller 314 Frequently Asked Questions 3 To display more information about a particular controller including its tasks click the controller s name in the Name column on the Information Configuration subtab This action displays the controller s Information Configuration subtab The Information Configuration subtab displays information about the controller s components and enables you to execute the controller tasks Related information e Controllers e Controller Health e Controller Properties and Tasks How do I Turn off an Alarm Some storage components have alarms to indicate error conditions The following describes how to turn off an alarm after it is sounding e Quiet Alarm Controller e Disable Alarm Controller e Disable Alarm Enclosure Which RAID level is Best for me For more information see Choosing RAID Leve
181. e and extender card In OMSS PCIe SSD appears under the storage management OMSM reports the PCle SSD devices and its various properties K NOTE OMSM does not support RAID management or configuration on PCle SSD sub systems What is PCle SSD Dell Peripheral Component Interconnect Express PCIe solid state device SSD is a high performance storage device designed for solutions requiring low latency high Input Output Operations per Second IOPS and enterprise class storage reliability and serviceability The Dell PCIe SSD is designed based on Single Level Cell SLC NAND flash technology with a high speed PCIe 2 0 compliant interface The high speed PCIe 2 0 compliant interface helps improve performance for I O bound solutions PCle SSD Features Following are the key features of PCle SSD e Hot plug capability e High performance device Support for 2 5 inch HDD Form Factor PCI Express Solid State Device Support 65 PCle Sub System Properties The PCle SSD sub system comprises of the following components e Backplane Extender Card e PCIe Solid State Device Table 5 1 lists the PCIe Sub System Properties Table 5 1 PCle Sub System Properties Properties Description ID This property displays the Sub System ID assigned to the PCle sub system by Storage Management Storage Management numbers the controllers and PCle sub systems attached to the system starting with zero This number is the same as the PCle s
182. e can be attached to the controller e Controller Tasks e Physical Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels e Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy e Enclosure Support Controller Tasks Table A 46 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC S100 and S300 Controllers Controller Task Name PERC 100 PERC 110 PERC 300 Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Physical Disk Tasks Table A 47 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC S100 PERC S110 and S300 Controllers Physical Disk Task Name PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC 300 Blink Unblink No Yes No Assign and Unassign Yes Yes Yes Global Hot Spare 368 Supported Features Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 48 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC S100 PERC S110 and S300 Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC 300 Assign and Unassign Yes Yes Yes Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Advanced Wizard Create Virtual Disk Express Yes Yes Yes Wizard Rename Yes Yes Yes Blink Unblink No Yes No Reconfigure Yes Yes Yes Change Policy Yes Yes Yes Delete Last Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Delete any Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Check Consistency Yes Yes Yes Virtual Disk Specifications Table A 49 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 100 PERC 110 and S300 Controllers Virtual Disk Specification PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC S300 Maximum N
183. e controller firmware version 6 1 and later Allow Revertible Hot This property enables the automatic copying of data from a Spare and Replace physical disk to a hot spare in case of predictive failure or Member from a hot spare to a physical disk in case of replacement of a degraded disk For more information see Revertible Hot Spare 108 Controllers Property Definition Loadbalance This property provides the ability to automatically use both controller ports or connectors connected to the same enclosure to route I O requests This property is available only on SAS controllers that have controller firmware version 6 1 and later For more information see Redundant path view Auto replace member In case of predictive failure this property enables the on predictive failure automatic copying of data from a physical disk to a hot spare Use this property in conjunction with the Allow Revertible Hot Spare and Replace Member property Redundant path view Indicates whether Storage Management has detected a redundant path configuration Storage Management detects a redundant path configuration when both controller ports are connected to the same enclosure that is in a unified mode For more information see Redundant Path Configuration Encryption Capable Indicates whether the controller has the capability to support encryption Possible values are Yes and No Encryption Key Indicates whether the controller has an Encryption Key
184. e controller has an open communication path to the disk then performing an I O operation on the controller updates the disk status For example when an unconfigured disk is removed the controller may not detect the change until a manual rescan is done or other I O operations are attempted Likewise displaying a status change of a virtual disk or one of its member physical disks may require that you do an I O operation on the controller on which the virtual disk resides If however the controller has lost the communication path then rebooting the system is required to update the disk status Communication loss is evident if the operating system generates I O errors when you attempt to access data even though Storage Management displays the disk status as 62 Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks healthy Once the communication path is restored reboot the system to update the disk status If the communication path is not restored then Storage Management does not display the storage objects after the reboot Related Information e Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks 63 64 Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks PCI Express Solid State Device Support This section gives an overview of the OpenManage Storage Management OMSM device management support for Peripheral Component Interconnect Express PCIe Solid State Drive SSD and its associated devices like the backplan
185. e is enabled and the physical disk is SMART enabled the controller firmware automatically starts copying data from the SMART enabled disk in the virtual disk to the hot spare K NOTE To use the Revertible Hot Spare task you should have assigned a hot spare to the virtual disk K NOTE If the disk is not SMART enabled or if the Auto Replace on Predictive Failure option is disabled the failed disk is not replaced automatically To enable Revertible Hot Spare 1 On the Change Controller Properties page enable Revertible Hot Spare and Auto replace on predictive failure 2 Click Apply Changes To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object on which you want to enable the revertible hot spare task and select the Information Configuration tab 3 From the Controller Task drop down menu select Change Controller Properties and click Execute K NOTE The Rebuild rate for Revertible Hot Spare is the same as defined for the controller Instant Encrypt Erase Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Instant Encrypt Erase task to erase an encrypted physical disk This task is available for e Unconfigured SED drive e Foreign configured encrypted drives e Unconfigured and foreign SED drive even when an Encryption Key is not present in the controller A CAUTION Instant Encrypt Erase permanently erases
186. e physical disk space provided by all suitable physical disks attached to the controller For example if the controller contains 12 physical disks with available space and you have specified a RAID 5 then the controller calculates the maximum virtual disk size based on the disk space provided by all 12 physical disks because all 12 physical disks can be included in a RAID 5 SAS RAID Controllers When using a SAS controller the controller calculates the maximum virtual disk size based on the available disk space provided by the minimum number of physical disks required to create the RAID level you selected For example if you specified a RAID 5 then the controller calculates the maximum virtual disk size based on three physical disks because only three physical disks are required to create a RAID 5 Channel Redundant Virtual Disks When creating a virtual disk it is possible to use disks attached to different channels to implement channel redundancy This configuration might be used for disks that reside in enclosures subject to thermal shutdown For more information see the following SMART Thermal Shutdown e Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown K NOTE Channel redundancy only applies to controllers that have more than one channel and that attach to an external disk enclosure Virtual Disks 225 Creating Virtual Disks Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features In order to implement RAID functi
187. e s screen go to the CacheCade Disk that you want to unblink and select Unblink from the available Tasks Deleting the CacheCade To delete the CacheCade 1 In the CacheCade s screen go to the CacheCade that you want to delete and select Delete from the available Tasks The following warning is displayed Warning CacheCade pool size will be reduced Do you want to continue with the delete operation 2 Click Delete CacheCade Properties The CacheCade s screen displays a table of properties for each CacheCade The following table provides a description for each property Table 8 9 CacheCade Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Name This property displays the name of the CacheCade The link enables you to access the physical disks that constitute the CacheCade Tasks This drop down list provides the available tasks for the CacheCade Size This property provides the size of the CacheCade 150 Controllers Table 8 9 CacheCade Properties Property Definition Bus Protocol This property displays the technology that the physical disk is using Possible values are SAS and SATA Disk Cache This property displays whether the disk cache policy of the physical Policy disks that are part of the CacheCade is Enabled or Dis
188. e uppercase alphabet and one non alphanumeric character except space 146 Controllers K NOTE Server Administrator Storage Management provides a suggested Passphrase below the Passphrase text box 4 If you want to save the Encryption Key credentials in a file on the system where Distributed Web Server is running select the Escrow check box The Path field is displayed Enter the path where you want to save the file The path should contain a file name with an xml extension The saved file contains this information SAS address Encryption Key Identifier Passphrase and modified date You can use this file for future reference A CAUTION It is important to understand that if you lose the Passphrase you cannot recover it If you move the physical disks associated with the lost Passphrase to another controller or if the controller fails or is replaced you cannot access data from that disk K NOTE If Encryption Key Identifier or Passphrase contains special characters such as amp lt and gt in the file they are written as amp amp amp quot amp lt and amp gt respectively K NOTE If the system crashes while saving the file the backup file is saved in the specified location 5 Select the check box indicating that you understand the implications of using a Passphrase and click Apply Changes In the controller Information Configuration sub tab the Encryption Key Present is set to Yes and the Encryption
189. eatures to most efficiently manage your storage The following sections describe the supported controllers and their features Controllers 91 RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS Storage Management supports RAID controllers using SCSI SATA ATA and SAS technology This section indicates which technology the supported RAID controllers use For more information on these controllers see Supported Features and the controller hardware documentation SCSI RAID Controllers PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4 IM 4e Si and 4e Di RAID controllers use Small Computer System Interface SCSI technology CERC SATA RAID Controllers The following Cost Effective RAID Controller CERC controllers use Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA technology e CERC SATAI 5 6ch e CERC SATA1 5 2s CERC ATA RAID Controllers The following Cost Effective RAID Controller CERC 6 I family of controllers uses Advanced Technology Attachment ATA technology SAS RAID Controllers The following RAID controllers use Serial Attached SCSI SAS technology e PERC 5 E e PERC 5 i Integrated e PERC 5 1 Adapter SAS 5 iR Integrated SAS 5 iR Adapter e PERC 6 E e PERC 6 I controller family SAS 6 iR controller family e PERC S100 S110 and S300 controllers 92 l Controllers e PERC H200 H700 and H800 controllers e PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PER
190. ection If you want to cancel the virtual disk click Exit Wizard If you want to return to the previous screen and change your selections click Go Back To Previous Page For PERC H700 and PERC H800 controllers if any of the drives you selected to include as a hot spare is in the spun down state the following message is displayed The below listed physical drive s are in the spun down state Executing this task on these drive s takes additional time because the drive s need to spun up The message displays the ID s of the spun down drive s Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 3 of 4 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen enables you to select attributes for the virtual disk These attributes include the name size and read write and cache policy Depending on the controller and your previous virtual disk selections the items displayed on this screen can vary Do the following 1 Type the name of the virtual disk in the Name text box The virtual disk name can contain only alphanumeric characters as well as spaces dashes and underscores The maximum name length depends on the controller In most cases the maximum length is 15 characters The name cannot start with a space or end with a space It is recommended that you specify a unique name for each virtual disk If you have virtual disks with the same name it is hard to differentiate the alerts generated for these virtual disks
191. ection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n disks Data is stored to the disks alternately so that they are evenly distributed Data redundancy is not available in this mode Read and write performance is enhanced Select RAID 1 for mirroring disks This selection groups two disks together as one virtual disk with a capacity of one single disk The data is replicated on both disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function This feature provides data redundancy and good read performance but slightly slower write performance Your system must have at least two disks to use RAID 1 Select RAID 5 for striping with distributed parity This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n 1 disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function This feature provides better data redundancy and read performance but slower write performance Your system must have at least three disks to use RAID 5 Select RAID 6 for striping with additional distributed parity This selection groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks The virtual disk remains functional with up to two disk failures RAID 6 provides better read performance but slower write performance Your system must have at least four disks to use RAID 6 Select RAID 10 for striping over mirror sets This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual di
192. ects a foreign configuration Select this option and click Execute to display the Foreign Configuration Preview page The Foreign Configuration Preview screen provides a preview of the foreign disks and enables you to perform operations such as importing recovering or clearing the foreign disks You can also import or clear a locked foreign configuration e If any foreign configurations locked using Local Key manager LKM are detected the associated Encryption Key Identifier is displayed prompting you to enter the corresponding Passphrase to unlock the drives Controllers 119 To avoid unlocking foreign configurations and to proceed to preview import clear a foreign configuration that has not been locked click Skip or Continue If you do not want to import clear the foreign configurations or in case of loss of the associated Passphrase of the corresponding Encryption Key Identifier execute the Instant Encrypt Erase task for the physical disks VAN CAUTION Executing the Instant Encrypt Erase task erases all data on the physical disk Some conditions such as an unsupported RAID level or an incomplete disk group can prevent the import or recovery of foreign virtual disks Foreign Configuration Properties The following table describes the properties that are displayed for the Foreign Disks and Global Hot Spares Table 8 4 Foreign Configuration Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity
193. ed ped Health Status Rollup Enclosure Power Supply Failed or Power Connection Removed Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Fan is Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Temperature ProbeisFailed Health Status Rollup Lost Both Power Connections tothe Enclosure 4 Health Status Rollup One or More Physical Disks are Failed 2 es 5 9 ede eee eee ee eee Health Status Rollup Physical Disk is Rebuilding 00004 Overview Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Storage Management provides enhanced features for configuring a system s locally attached RAID and non RAID disk storage Storage Management enables you to perform controller and enclosure functions for all supported RAID and non RAID controllers and enclosures from a single graphical or command line interface without requiring use of the controller BIOS utilities The graphical interface is wizard driven with features for novice and advanced users The command line interface is fully featured and scriptable Using Storage Management you can protect your data by configuring data redundancy assigning hot spares or rebuilding failed physical disks You can also perform data destructive tasks All users of Storage Management should be familiar with their storage environment and Storage Management Storage Management supports SCSI SATA ATA and SAS but not fibre channel For more information see the following e
194. eed help locating the disk within the enclosure you can blink the disk s light emitting diode LED displays For more information see Blink and Unblink Physical Disk The following sections describe how to replace a disk that has failed or is receiving SMART alerts e Replacing a Failed Disk e Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts The following sections have related information e Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another e Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk e Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare Frequently Asked Questions 313 How do I Recover from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk For more information see Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk How do I Identify the Firmware Version that is installed The controller s properties information displays the firmware version that is installed on the controller From the Storage tree view object you can display the firmware version for all controllers attached to the system A controller s Information Configuration subtab also displays the firmware installed on that controller To display the firmware version of all controllers 1 Select the Storage object in the tree view 2 Click the Information Configuration subtab The Firmware Version column on the Information Configuration subtab displays the firmware version for all controllers attached to the system Related Information e Downloading Firmwar
195. efinition Name State Connector Type Termination SCSI Rate These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component Severity A Warning or Critical severity may indicate that the connector is unable to communicate with attached devices such as an enclosure Check the status of attached devices For more information see Cables Attached Correctly and Isolate Hardware Problems This property displays the connector number This property displays the current status of the connector Possible values are Ready The connector is functioning normally Degraded The connector has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The connector has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning This property displays whether the connector is operating in RAID or SCSI mode Depending on the controller type the connector can be either a SCSI connector or a SAS port This property indicates the termination type of the connector Narrow Indicates an 8 bit data bus Wide Indicates a 16 bit data bus Unknown Indicates that the termination type is unknown Not Terminated On a SCSI controller this property indicates that the data bus is not terminated This property is also displayed when the termination type is unknown This property displays the SCSI speed for a SCSI device 186 Connectors Connector Tasks Rescan
196. eft pane or select View Refresh from the browser s menu bar Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks 61 Related Information J O and Reboot Requirements for Detecting Physical Disk Status Changes Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes When you change the storage configuration Storage Management quickly generates SNMP traps in response to the configuration changes The Storage Management MIB Management Information Base is also updated to reflect storage configuration changes However it may take up to five minutes to update the MIB with the most recent storage configuration For this reason there is a time delay of up to five minutes between the receipt of an SNMP trap and the ability to identify the configuration changes by querying the Storage Management MIB This time delay is particularly notable when creating a new virtual disk or performing an unmirror or split mirror on a RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk You can minimize this time delay by performing a controller rescan For more information see Rescan Controller 1 0 and Reboot Requirements for Detecting Physical Disk Status Changes This section applies to PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers Because of hardware restrictions the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers do not detect a physical disk status change until I O is attempted or the system is rebooted If th
197. elay Learn Cycle Battery Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about the battery and execute battery tasks Battery Properties The battery tree view object has the following properties RAID Controller Batteries 191 Table 11 1 Battery Properties Property Definition Status rN Q Name State Learn Mode Next Learn Time Maximum Learn Delay These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity This property displays the name of the battery This property displays the current status of the battery Possible values are Charging The battery is undergoing the recharge phase of the battery learn cycle For more information see Start Learn Cycle Missing The controller is missing a battery Failed The battery has failed and needs to be replaced Auto Storage Management performs an automatic learn cycle based on the time you set Warn The Learn cycle is past the default 90 days NOTE Warn is available only on SAS controllers with firmware version 6 1 and later This property displays the number of days and hours left before the controller firmware initiates the next Learn cycle This property displays the maximum number of days and hours that you can delay the battery learn cycle The controller firmware automatically initiates the battery
198. elect all physical disks in the enclosure K NOTE The Select All and Enclosure check boxes enable you to edit spans after selecting the physical disks that comprise them You can remove a span and re specify a span with different physical disks before proceeding e Select Number of Disks per Span Enables you to select the number of disks in each span default 2 This option is available only on SAS controllers with firmware version 6 1 and later K NOTE This option is available only if you did not select Intelligent Mirroring on the Create Virtual Disk Step 1 of 4 page K NOTE On a SAS controller with firmware version 6 1 and later RAID 10 supports only even number of disks per span and a maximum of 8 spans with 32 disks in each span Let us consider that the controller has three enclosures with six physical disks each total number of available disks 3 x 6 18 disks If you select four disks per span the controller creates four spans 18 disks 4 disks per span 4 spans The last two disks of the last enclosure is not part of RAID 10 Select the number of disks to create a single spanned virtual disk drop down menu Enables you to create a single span virtual disk with 22 or 26 physical drives for PERC controllers This drop down menu appears only if Virtual Disks 255 you have selected RAID 10 in step 1 and the system has 22 or more than 22 physical drives Click Continue when you have completed the disk sel
199. ement requires an understanding of RAID concepts as well as some familiarity with how your system s RAID controllers and operating system view disk space This sub section describes basic storage concepts including What Is RAID Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance and Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation What Is RAID RAID is a technology for managing how data is stored on the physical disks that reside in your system or are attached to it A key aspect of RAID is the ability to span physical disks so that the combined storage capacity of multiple physical disks can be treated as single extended disk space Another key aspect of RAID is the ability to maintain redundant data which can be used to restore data in the event of a disk failure RAID uses different techniques such as striping mirroring and parity to store and reconstruct data There are different RAID levels that use different methods for storing and reconstructing data The RAID levels have different characteristics in terms of read write performance data protection and storage capacity Not all RAID levels maintain redundant data which means for some RAID levels lost data cannot be restored The RAID level you choose depends on whether your priority is performance protection or storage capacity K NOTE The RAID Advisory Board RAB defines the specifications used to implement RAID Although the RAB defines the RAID levels commercial implementat
200. emperature Probes e Enclosure Management Modules EMMs e Enclosure and Backplane Health e Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Enclosure Physical Disks The enclosure s physical disks are displayed under the enclosure object in the tree view Selecting a disk in the tree view displays the disk s status information Enclosure Fans The fans are a component of the enclosure s cooling module The fans are displayed by expanding the enclosure object in the tree view You can select the Fans object to display their status information Enclosure Power Supplies The enclosure s power supplies are displayed under the Power Supplies object in the tree view You can select the Power Supplies object to display their status information Enclosure Temperature Probes The enclosure s temperature probes are displayed under the Temperatures object You can select the Temperatures object to display their status information The status information includes the current temperature in Celsius and the Warning and Failure thresholds for the temperature probe 156 Enclosures and Backplanes The Failure threshold has a default value that cannot be changed You can set the Warning threshold however For information on setting the warning threshold see Set Temperature Probe Values For information related to the enclosure s temperature see the following e Checking the Enclosure s Temperature Set Temperature Probe Values e
201. epending on which controller is selected in the tree view If no tasks can be performed because of controller or system configuration limitations then the Tasks drop down menu displays No Task Available Virtual Disk Drop down Menu Tasks Reconfigure Format Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Cancel Format or Initialize Cancel Background Initialization Restore Dead Segments Delete Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Check Consistency Cancel Check Consistency Virtual Disks 239 e Pause Check Consistency e Resume Check Consistency e Blink and Unblink Virtual Disk e Rename e Split Mirror e Unmirror e Cancel Rebuild e Change Policy e Replace Member Disk e Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks e Encrypt Virtual Disk Reconfigure Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Reconfigure task to change the virtual disks properties For example you can use this task to add physical disks or change the RAID level For more information see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 Format Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Format Initialize Slow Initialize or Fast Initialize task to erase the files and remove the file systems on a virtual disk Some controllers require that you initialize a virtual disk before it can be used For more information see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Can
202. er you can view volumes and use drives from these volumes for creation of new virtual disks or Online Capacity Expansion OCE of existing virtual disks provided free space is available Storage Management allows Rename and Delete operations on such volumes For more information see Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation 36 Understanding RAID Concepts Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation You can use RAID or concatenation to control data storage on multiple disks Each RAID level or concatenation has different performance and data protection characteristics The following sub sections provide specific information on how each RAID level or concatenation store data as well as their performance and protection characteristics e Concatenation e RAID Level 0 Striping e RAID Level 1 Mirroring e RAID Level 5 Striping with distributed parity e RAID Level 6 Striping with additional distributed parity e RAID Level 50 Striping over RAID 5 sets e RAID Level 60 Striping over RAID 6 sets e RAID Level 10 Striping over mirror sets e RAID Level 1 Concatenated Concatenated mirror Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance e No RAID Concatenation In Storage Management concatenation refers to storing data on either one physical disk or on disk space that spans multiple physical disks When spanning more than one disk concatenation enables the operating system to view multiple physical disks as a single disk
203. er RAID levels RAID 10 on a SAS controller with firmware version 6 1 can use a maximum of 256 physical disks However the number of connectors on the controller imposes limitations on how many physical disks can be included in a virtual disk when using RAID 10 RAID 50 or RAID 60 This is because only a limited number of physical disks can be physically attached to the controller For information on how many physical disks a controller supports per virtual disk see the virtual disk specifications for the controller in Supported Features Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller Controllers have limitations on how many virtual disks can be created on the controller For information on how many virtual disks the controller supports see the virtual disk specifications for the controller in Supported Features 224 Virtual Disks Calculation for Maximum Virtual Disk Size and the Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard The Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard displays the minimum and maximum values for the virtual disk size This section describes how the maximum possible size for the virtual disk is calculated based on the controller type To identify the controller type see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS SCSI CERC SATA and CERC ATA RAID Controllers When using a SCSI CERC SATA or CERC ATA RAID controller the controller calculates a maximum virtual disk size based on your RAID level selection and the availabl
204. es Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 32 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name PERC PERC PERC PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 H800 H810 H700 Adapter M H710P Adapter Mini Adapter Adapter l ini Adapter Blade Mini ntegrated Monolithic Mini Monolithic Modular Mini Blade Mi Blade ni Monolithi c Assign and Unassign Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Advanced Wizard Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Express Wizard Rename Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Blink Unblink Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reconfigure Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Change Policy Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Split Mirror No No No No No No Unmirror No No No No No No Delete Virtual Disk Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Check Consistency Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cancel Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Consistency Pause Check No No No No No No Consistency Resume Check No No No No No No Consistency Supported Features 353 Table A 32 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name PERC PERC PERC PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 H800 H810 H700 Adapter M_ H710P Adapter Mini Adapter Adapter l ini Adapter Blade Mini ntegrated Monolithic Mini Monolithic Modular Mini Blade Mi Blade ni Monolithi c Cancel Background Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Initialization BGI Format Virtual Disk
205. es Yes Yes Yes Spare Manage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Physical Disk Power for un configured and hot spare drives Manage NA Yess NA NA Yes Yes No Physical disk power for configured drives Controller Reports Supported Features 349 Table A 28 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERCH310 Name H800 H810 H700 H700 H710 H710P Adapter Adapter Adapter l Modular Adapter Adapter Mini ntegrated Mini Blade Monolithi Mini c Mini Monolithi Blade c Patrol Read Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Report Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Consistency Report Slot Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Occupancy Report Battery Tasks Table A 29 Battery Tasks Supported on the PERC Hardware Controllers Battery Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC H710 PERC PERC H310 Name H800 H810 H700 H700 Adapter M H710P Mini Adapter Adapter In Modular ini Adapter Monolithic tegrated Monolithic Mini Mini Blade Blade Recondition NA No NA NA No No NA Battery Start Learn Cycle Yes No Yes Yes No No NA Delay Learn Yes No Yes Yes No No NA Cycle 350 Supported Features Connector Tasks Table A 30 Controller Tasks Supported by the PERC Hardware Controllers Controller PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC H310 Task Name H800 H810 H700 H700 H710 H710P Adapter Mini Adapter Adapter Modular Adapter Adapter Blade Mini Integrated Mini Monolithi
206. for any Fluid Cache disk configured for Write Back changes to Write Through When the last PCIe SSD is removed from the Fluid Cache pool the operational cache mode for all Fluide Cache disk changes to Pass Through PCle SSD Sub System Health It indicates the roll up health status of physical devices The individual health status of the physical devices appears at the respective level Backplanes PCle SSDs are attached to the PCIe SSD backplane of the system The number of supported PCIe SSDs depend on the system K NOTE Dell PCle SSDs must be used with PCle SSD backplanes Do not plug in SAS SATA devices to a PCle SSD backplane or vice versa Backplane Firmware Version The backplane firmware version is reported in the Information Configuration page of the PCIe SSD sub system K NOTE The firmware version is the only Backplane property supported for PCle SSD PCI Express Solid State Device Support 73 74 PCI Express Solid State Device Support Fluid Cache for DAS Fluid Cache is a server side caching accelerator that makes high speed express flash PCIe SSD a shared distributed resource Fluid Cache enables the caching of active data working sets from storage closer to the compute tier to enable accelerated response times for latency sensitive customer workloads using DAS external storage architectures The Storage Management application facilitates addition of PCle SSDs to the Fluid Cache pool The Storage Managemen
207. for both redundant and non redundant virtual disks In this type of configuration the failure or removal of a physical disk can cause the following behavior e The non redundant virtual disk displays a Failed state Resolution This behavior is expected because the virtual disk is non redundant In this case the failure or removal of a single physical disk causes the entire virtual disk to fail with no possibility of recovering the data unless a backup is available e The redundant virtual disks display a Degraded state Resolution This behavior is also expected Data can be recovered if a hot spare is available to rebuild the failed or removed disk e Various disks display an Offline state The Offline state may apply to all physical disks used by the redundant and non redundant virtual disks 302 Troubleshooting Resolution Perform a Rescan Controller When the rescan is complete select each physical disk that is Offline and perform a Remove Dead Segments task You must remove the dead segments before the physical disk can be brought back online The dead segments are caused by the failure or removal of the shared physical disk NOTE It is recommended that you avoid using the same physical disks for both redundant and non redundant virtual disks Specific Problem Situations and Solutions This section contains additional trouble shooting problem areas Topics include Physical Disk is Offline or Displays an Error Status
208. formance details for a specific time The legend also provides additional information about the average bytes read written for the respective Fluid Cache Disk The I O Operations per second for Fluid Cache Disk graph plots the I O operations per second for the chosen Fluid Cache disk and back end disk in the specified time interval Hovering the cursor over the line graph provides the Read Write performance details for specific time The legend also provides additional information about the average read or write operation performed during a specific time Fluid Cache for DAS 81 License Settings Use this page to view the digital license associated with the Fluid Cache Table 6 6 License Settings Properties Description License Type Indicates the type of license Possible values e Evaluation License expires after being active for certain number of days The expiry time for this field is displayed in days e Node license License applicable for a limited number of nodes indicated by the Node Limit field License state Indicates the license state for the Fluid Cache e Valid The license is valid e Expired The license has expired Software Service Indicates the service tag of the license Tag Duration Indicates the time line by which this license will expire This is applicable only for evaluation licenses Remaining Period Indicates the number of days for which the evaluation license is valid Vend
209. g Migrating Virtual Disks e Moving physical and virtual disks to another controller This freature enables you to move physical and virtual disks from one controller to another See Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another Controllers 93 Read write and cache policies The manner in which a controller reads and writes data can vary The read write and cache policies have implications for data encryption and system performance See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Check consistency A check consistency determines the integrity of a virtual disk s redundant data When necessary this feature rebuilds the redundant information See Maintain Integrity of Redundant Virtual Disks Cluster Support Storage Management supports PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers that have Microsoft Cluster Server MSCS enabled See Cluster enabled RAID Controllers Patrol Read Patrol Read identifies disk errors in order to avoid disk failures and data loss or corruption For more information see Set Patrol Read Mode Disk migration or foreign configurations Some controllers enable you to move physical disks that contain one or more virtual disks to another controller The receiving controller is able to recognize and import the foreign configuration virtual disks For more information see Foreign Configuration Operations Controller supported RAID Levels RAID controllers support different RAID
210. g and asset name Blink No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Enclosure Controller Reports Slot No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Occupancy Report Supported Features 377 Table A 60 Backplane Tasks for SCSI and SAS Controllers Backplane Tasks SCSI SAS Enable Alarm No No Disable Alarm No No Set Temperature Probe Values No No Set Asset Data includes asset No No tag and asset name Blink Enclosure No No Controller Reports No No Enclosure and Backplane Support for Smart Thermal Shutdown Table A 61 Enclosure Support for Smart Thermal Shutdown Smart PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault PowerVault Thermal 20xS and 220S and MD1000 MD1120 MD1200 MD1220 Shutdown 21xS 221S Storage Storage Smart No Yes No No No No Thermal Shutdown Table A 62 Backplane Support for Smart Thermal Shutdown Smart Thermal Shutdown SCSI SAS Smart Thermal Shutdown No No 378 Supported Features Maximum Supported Configuration Table A 63 Maximum Supported Configuration for SAS and SCSI Controllers Maximum Supported scsi SAS MD 1000 SAS MD 1200 Configuration MD 1120 MD 1220 External controllers on 2 2 2 each Server a External connectors on 2 2 2 each controller b Enclosures per connector 1 3 4 c Total numbers of 4 12 16 enclosures on a server axbxc Supported Features 379 380 Supported Features Determining the Health Status for Storage Components The tables i
211. g on each disk in the stripe In this case the stripe element size is 16KB and the stripe size is 64KB e Parity Parity refers to redundant data that is maintained using an algorithm in combination with striping When one of the striped disks fails the data can be reconstructed from the parity information using the algorithm e Span A span is a RAID technique used to combine storage space from groups of physical disks into a RAID 10 50 or 60 virtual disk RAID Levels Each RAID level uses some combination of mirroring striping and parity to provide data redundancy or improved read and write performance For specific information on each RAID level see Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance RAID provides different methods or RAID levels for organizing the disk storage Some RAID levels maintain redundant data so that you can restore data after a disk failure Different RAID levels also entail an increase or decrease in the system s I O read and write performance Maintaining redundant data requires the use of additional physical disks As more disks become involved the likelihood of a disk failure increases Because of the differences in I O performance and redundancy one RAID level may be more appropriate than another based on the applications in the operating environment and the nature of the data being stored Understanding RAID Concepts 35 When choosing con
212. global dedicated hot spare are not automatically set when you upgrade to Dell OpenManage version 6 1 Enclosure affinity settings for a global dedicated hot spare are not automatically set when you import a foreign virtual disk Considerations for Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 I and CERC 6 1 Controllers On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 1 PERC 6 E PERC 6 I and CERC 6 I controllers assigning a hot spare is equivalent to assigning a physical disk to replace another physical disk if it fails If more than one redundant virtual disk resides on the physical disk then all redundant portions of the physical disk are rebuilt K NOTE When rebuilding a physical disk you need to delete any non redundant virtual disks such as RAID 0 that reside on the physical disk before rebuilding the physical disk When creating a virtual disk the physical disks included in the virtual disk can be different sizes When assigning a hot spare to a RAID 1 or 5 virtual disk the hot spare only needs to be the same size or larger as the smallest physical disk included in the virtual disk This is because when using a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 I and CERC 6 I controller you can assign physical disks of different sizes to a virtual disk When you have fully consumed a smaller physical disk with a virtual di
213. he controller recognizes the data as if the first virtual disk were never deleted In this situation if you don t want the old data after recreating a new virtual disk reinitialize the virtual disk To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Delete from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a Aa O N Virtual Disks 267 Virtual Disk Task Rename Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Renaming a virtual disk enables you to change the virtual disk s name The numbering format for the virtual disk remains unchanged Depending on the controller you have there are different considerations regarding the controller BIOS e On PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4 IM 4e Si and 4e Di controllers changing the virtual disk name with Storage Management does not change the name in the BIOS e On CERC SATAI 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controllers changing the virtual disk name with Storage Management also changes the name in the BIOS If you do not specify a name for a virtual disk either when you create the virtual disk or by using the Rename task then the name for the virtual disk in the BIOS is Virtual Disk e The virtual disk name can contain only alphanumeric characters as well as spaces dashes and underscores The maximum name length depends on the co
214. his feature See Supported Features Use this window to view information about the enclosure s temperature probes Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Table 9 6 Temperature Probe Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component F Severity wd NOTE On some enclosures Storage Management may experience a short delay before displaying the current enclosure temperature and temperature probe status For more A information see Storage Management May Delay Before Updating Temperature Probe Status Name This property displays the name of the temperature probe Enclosures and Backplanes 177 Property Definition State This property displays the current status of the temperature probe Ready The temperature probe is functioning normally Degraded The temperature probe has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The temperature probe has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Storage Management may also be unable to communicate with the enclosure using SES commands The Failed state is displayed when the enclosure does not respond to a status query from Storage Management for any reason For example disconnecting the cable would cause this state to be displayed Minimum Warning Threshold Exceeded The enclosure s temperature has dropped below the m
215. hoosing RAID Levels and Concatenation Table 3 1 RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Comparison RAID Data Read Write Rebuild Minimum Suggested Level Availability Performance Performance Performance Disks Uses Required Concatenation No gain No gain No gain N A lor2 More cost depending efficient on the than controller redundant RAID levels Use for noncritical data RAID 0 None Very Good Very Good N A N Noncritical data RAID 1 Excellent Very Good Good Good 2N Small N 1 databases database logs critical information RAID 5 Good Sequential Fair unless Fair N 1 Databases reads good using write N at and other Transaction back cache least two read al reads disks intensive Very good transactional uses N Number of physical disks X Number of RAID sets Understanding RAID Concepts 53 Table 3 1 RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Comparison continued RAID Data Read Write Rebuild Minimum Suggested Level Availability Performance Performance Performance Disks Uses Required RAID 10 Excellent Very Good Fair Good 2NxX Data intensive environment s large records RAID 50 Good Very Good Fair Fair N 2 Medium N at sized least 4 transactional or data intensive uses RAID 6 Excellent Sequential Fair unless Poor N 2 Critical reads good using write N at information Transaction back cache least two Databases al reads disks and other Very good read intensive transactional uses RAID 60
216. ices disks that reside in a carrier K NOTE This procedure is not supported on the CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controllers For the PERC 4 IM controller this procedure is only supported on a PowerEdge 1855 system Initialize Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Initialize task prepares a physical disk for use as a member of a virtual disk Physical disks attached to CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers must be initialized before they can be used On these controllers the Initialize task can only be performed once on a physical disk In some cases a physical disk that is in an Unknown state can be returned to a usable state by performing the Initialize task The Initialize task is not displayed for physical disks that have already been initialized using Storage Management or the BIOS A CAUTION This is a data destructive task Any virtual disks residing on this physical disk is removed 210 Physical Disks or Physical Devices Rebuild Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Rebuild task to reconstruct data when a physical disk in a redundant virtual disk fails For more information see Replacing a Failed Disk that is Part of a Redundant Virtual Disk Rebuilding a disk may take several hours Cancel Rebuild Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Cancel Rebuild task to cancel a rebuild that is in progress If you
217. ick Start Patrol Read or Stop Patrol Read when ready To exit without starting or stopping the Patrol Read click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Start Patrol Read or Stop Patrol Read from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties Aa WwW N Controllers 139 Related Information Set Patrol Read Mode Change Controller Properties Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Change Controller Properties task provides you the option to change multiple controller properties simultaneously This task is available only on SAS controllers with firmware version 6 1 and later You can change any or all of the following properties using the Change Controller Properties task Rebuild Rate BGI Rate Check Consistency Rate Reconstruct Rate Abort check consistency on error Revertible Hot Spare Loadbalance Auto replace member on predictive failure Redundant path view Persistent hot spare K NOTE You can set these properties through the command line interface also For more information see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Guide at su
218. ilable Disconnected Disconnected Available However if the communication channel between any two enclosures is lost the redundant path configuration is degraded and the health of the logical connector is displayed as degraded For a brief outline of this scenario see Table 8 7 Table 8 7 Component Health Health of Logical Path between Enclosure and Enclosure 1 Connector Connector 0 CO Connector 1 C1 Available Available A Available Disconnected A Disconnected Available In this case the enclosure status is displayed in warning mode The Enclosures page displays all enclosure components EMMs Fans Physical Disks Power Supplies and Temperature to be in normal condition Select the Information Configuration subtab of the enclosure This page displays the Path Failure message to indicate that the enclosure has lost a communication path to the controller thereby indicating that the enclosure is no longer in redundant path mode For more information see Path Health 136 Controllers Clearing the Redundant Path View Consider a case where you reboot your system and Storage Management displays the Logical Connector with a path failure message It is possible that you may have intentionally unplugged the second connector In this case the path failure message is not relevant Else there could be a fault in the connected cable or the cable may not be connected properly to the controller In both cases Stor
219. ine The physical disk or device has failed or contains dead segments Check to see whether the Remove Dead Segments task appears on the physical disk drop down menu If it does perform a Rescan Controller and then do a Remove Dead Segments for the physical disk If the Remove Dead Segments task is not displayed then the physical disk or device cannot be recovered For related information see Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers When Physical Disks are Shared by Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks On the PERC 5 E controller the Offline state indicates that the disk is included in a virtual disk but it is not receiving T O This may occur when a user has set the disk to Offline For more information see Online and Offline Physical Disks or Physical Devices Property Definition Rebuilding Data from a redundant virtual disk is currently being rebuilt onto the physical disk or device Incompatible The physical disk or device is not suitable for a rebuild The physical disk or device may be too small or it may be using an incompatible technology For example you cannot rebuild a SAS disk with a SATA disk or a SATA disk with a SAS disk Removed The physical disk or device has been removed This state only applies to physical disks that are part of a virtual disk Clear The Clear task is being performed on the physical disk or device A physical disk or device may also display the
220. inimum warning threshold For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values Maximum Warning Threshold Exceeded The enclosure s temperature has risen above the maximum warning threshold For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values Missing The temperature probe is not present in the enclosure Inactive The temperature probe is present in the enclosure but the EMM that it monitors is not installed Reading This property displays the current temperature of the enclosure as reported by the temperature probe Warning The Minimum and Maximum properties indicate the Threshold temperatures currently set for the Warning threshold For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values Failure Threshold The Minimum and Maximum properties indicate the temperatures currently set for the Failure threshold For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values 178 Enclosures and Backplanes Set Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks Click the Set Temperature Probe button to launch the wizard for changing the temperature probe s Warning threshold You can change the Warning threshold for each of the temperature probes included in the enclosure For more information see Set Temperature Probe Values To launch the Set Temperature Probe wizard 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure object Select the Tem
221. ion and press lt Enter gt Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another 279 This reads the data on the physical disks to restore the RAID controller s proprietary configuration information Press Esc and save the new configuration when prompted Press the Esc key and save the new configuration when prompted Reboot the system Migrating SAS Virtual Disks to Another System The following describes how to migrate virtual disks and volumes from one system to another 1 2 280 Turn off the system that the physical disks are being moved from If the receiving controller does not have a preexisting virtual disk configuration then turn off its server Place the physical disks into the new enclosure Start up the system connected to the receiving controller Use the Foreign Configuration Operations task to import the migrated virtual disks on the receiving controller 4 NOTE The Foreign Configuration Operations are not supported on PERC 100 110 and 300 controllers The migration is complete The virtual disk is now manageable through Storage Management Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare When you create a redundant virtual disk using a RAID controller you have the opportunity to maintain system operations even when a disk fails To do so you would assign a hot spare to the virtual disk When a disk fails the redundant
222. ion as described below To manage physical disk power through the QOS option 1 Select the Customized Power Save Mode option 2 Inthe Spin Down Configured Drives drop down menu select Enabled 3 The Quality of Service QOS option is enabled Enter the Start Time and Time Interval to spin up 4 Click Apply To manage the time interval for the QOS option at the virtual disk level 1 In the Quality Of Service QOS pane select the Enable Quality of Service Settings check box 2 Set the start time The start time can range between 1 24 hours 3 Click Apply Changes K NOTE The Enable Quality of Service Settings option is enabled only if the Spin Down Configured Drives option is Enabled To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab Controllers 143 4 Select Manage Physical Disk Power from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute Manage Preserved Cache The Managed Preserved Cache feature provides you the option to ignore or restore the controller cache data In the write back policy data is written to the cache before being written to the physical disk If the virtual disk goes offline or is deleted for any reason the data in the cache is lost Data in the cache may also be lost in case of unintended cable or power failure In the event of such a failure Sto
223. ion of RAID levels by different vendors may vary from the actual RAID specifications An implementation used by a particular vendor may affect the read and write performance and the degree of data redundancy Understanding RAID Concepts 3 Hardware and Software RAID RAID can be implemented with either hardware or software A system using hardware RAID has a RAID controller that implements the RAID levels and processes data reads and writes to the physical disks When using software RAID provided by the operating system the operating system implements the RAID levels For this reason using software RAID by itself can slow system performance You can however use software RAID on top of hardware RAID volumes to provide better performance and variety in the configuration of RAID volumes For example you can mirror a pair of hardware RAID 5 volumes across two RAID controllers to provide RAID controller redundancy RAID Concepts RAID uses particular techniques for writing data to disks These techniques enable RAID to provide data redundancy or better performance These techniques include e Mirroring Duplicating data from one physical disk to another physical disk Mirroring provides data redundancy by maintaining two copies of the same data on different physical disks If one of the disks in the mirror fails the system can continue to operate using the unaffected disk Both sides of the mirror contain the same data at all times Either
224. ion on SMART predictive failure analysis see Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers For information on replacing the physical disk see Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts You may also want to review the Alert Log to see whether the physical disk or device has generated alerts pertaining to a SMART predictive failure These alerts can assist you in identifying the cause of the SMART alert The following alerts may be generated in response to a SMART alert e 2094 e 2106 e 2107 e 2108 e 2109 e 2110 e 2111 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals This property displays how close to completion an operation is that is being performed on the physical disk or device This property is only displayed when an operation is being performed on the physical disk or device This property displays whether the physical disk or device is a Self Encryption Disk SED The possible values are Yes and No This property displays whether the physical disk or device is encrypted to the controller The possible values are Yes and No For a non SED the value is N A Physical Disks or Physical Devices 205 Property Definition Bus Protocol Media Used RAID Disk Space Available RAID Disk Space Hot Spare Vendor ID Product ID Revision 206 This property displays the technology that the physical disk
225. irtual Disk Partitions This property displays the total capacity of the virtual disk The algorithm for calculating the virtual disk size rounds a value of 0 005 or less down to 0 00 and a value between 0 006 and 0 009 up to 0 01 For example a virtual disk size of 819 725 is rounded down to 819 72 A virtual disk size of 819 726 is rounded up to 819 73 This property displays the associated Fluid Cache state of the virtual disk The possible values are Active The Fluid Cache disk is active Failed The Fluid Cache has encountered a failure of one or more components and is no longer functioning Not Enabled The Fluid Cache is not enabled Disabling In this transient state the cache removal from the virtual disk is in process Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard calculates an appropriate virtual disk configuration based on the available space and controller considerations When using the Express Wizard you select the RAID level and size for the virtual disk The wizard selects a recommended disk configuration for you that matches your RAID and size selection Before creating a virtual disk you should be familiar with the information in Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks You may also want to review Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation 246 Virtual Disks If you want to make your o
226. irtual Disk page Spun Down The physical drive is in the spun down state Only hot spare and unconfigured disk can be in spun down state if no activity happens on the drives for a specified interval of time The physical drive is changing from the spun down state to Transition spun up state Spun Up The physical drive is in the spun up state Physical Disks or Physical Devices 201 Property Definition Name State 202 This property displays the name of the physical disk or device The name is comprised of the connector number followed by the disk number This property displays the current state of the physical disk or device Ready The physical disk or device is functioning normally If the disk is attached to a RAID controller Ready state indicates that the disk is available to be used by a virtual disk When the physical disk or device is used in a virtual disk the state changes to Online Online The physical disk is part of a virtual disk and is functioning normally For more information see Online and Offline Degraded The physical disk or device has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The physical disk or device has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning This state is also displayed when a physical disk or device that is part of a redundant virtual disk has been taken offline or deactivated For more information see Online and Offline Offl
227. irtual disk configuration and the physical disk state to display incorrectly For example changes to the virtual disk s RAID level may not be displayed and the state of physical disks that were added to the virtual disk may display as Ready instead of Online Considerations for Concatenated to RAID 1 Reconfiguration on CERC SATA1 5 6ch Controllers When reconfiguring a concatenated virtual disk toa RAID 1 on a CERC SATA1 5 6ch controller the reconfigured virtual disk may display the Resynching state When reconfiguring from a concatenated virtual disk to a RAID 1 data is copied from the single concatenated disk to the RAID 1 mirror The controller perceives this operation as similar to resynching a mirror and therefore may display the Resynching state Performing a controller rescan during the virtual disk reconfiguration may also cause the virtual disk to display a Resynching state While the virtual disk displays a Resynching state the Pause Check Consistency and Cancel Check Consistency tasks is available Executing either of these tasks on the virtual disk while it is in Resynching state causes the virtual disk to be in a Failed Redundancy state Virtual Disks 263 Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Format or Initialize task erases the files and removes the file systems on virtual disks while keeping the virtual disk configuration intact Formatti
228. is necessary to perform a rescan operation in order for Storage Management to display the most up to date information about shared resources Downloading Firmware and Cluster Controllers This section applies to PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers When downloading firmware to a clustered controller it is recommended that you turn off the other systems in the cluster first When restarted the other systems in the cluster should be able to see the firmware updates that you have applied If however you have downloaded firmware to a controller without first shutting down the other systems in the cluster you may find that the other systems cannot see the firmware update until you restart the disk management service on those systems For example if you download firmware onto system A and system B cannot see the firmware update then restart the disk management service on system B Creating and Deleting Virtual Disks on Cluster enabled Controllers This section applies to PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers If you are using a PERC 4 DC or 4e DC controller in a cluster configuration you must turn off the other systems in the cluster before creating or deleting the virtual disk The following procedure describes the sequence of actions required to create or delete a virtual disk from a cluster enabled controller For the purposes of this procedure the system on which you are creating or deleting the virtual disk is identified as system A and the other
229. is window to view information about the virtual disks and execute virtual disk tasks From the Options menu Refresh Partitions Click to refresh the Virtual Disk Partitions data once the partition is created using the operating system commands for the available virtual disks Go to the Create Virtual Disk Wizard Launches the Create Vitrual Disk Wizard Virtual Disk Properties The virtual disk properties can vary depending on the model of the controller Virtual disk properties may include Table 13 3 Virtual Disk Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Name This property displays the virtual disk name Virtual Disks 235 Property Definition State 236 This property displays the current status of the virtual disk Possible values are Ready The virtual disk is functioning normally Degraded A physical disk in a redundant virtual disk is not online Resynching A consistency check is being performed on the virtual disk On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers reconfiguring a concatenated virtual disk to a RAID 1 may cause the virtual disk to be in Resynching state Performing a Cancel Check Consistency on a virtual disk while it is in Resynching state causes the virtual disk to be in a Failed Redundancy state For
230. isks or devices are used to create virtual disks Guidelines to Replace a Physical Disk or Physical Device A replacement disk may not always be the same model as the physical disks or devices in the storage enclosure Use the following guidelines when replacing a disk A drive within an array may be replaced with a drive of equal or greater capacity Consider the bus speed while replacing a drive Dell supports replacing drives with equal or greater bus speeds within the same array You can use both 3 GB and 6 GB drives in the same array It is not recommended to replace a 6 GB drive with a 3 GB drive Although it is fully functional the performance could be impacted Dell supports replacing 3 GB drives with 6 GB drives This occurs more frequently as legacy parts are depleted and warranty service is required Also consider the RPM while replacing a drive Dell supports replacing drives with equal or greater spindle speeds within the same array You can use both 10000 RPM and 15000 RPM drives in the same enclosure It is not recommended to replace a 15000 RPM drive with a 10000 RPM drive Although it is fully functional the performance could be impacted Dell supports replacing 10000 RPM drives with 15000 RPM drives This scenario occurs while replacing parts from service inventory due to part unavailability Physical Disks or Physical Devices 197 Dell supports SAS and SATA drives on the same backplane but not within the same Virtu
231. ite Cache Enabled No Yes Protected Cache Policy No No Cache I O No No Direct I O No No Enclosure Support Table A 18 Enclosure Support on the CERC SATA Controllers Enclosure Support CERC SATA CERC SATA 2S 6ch Can an enclosure be No No attached to this controller Supported Features on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 I Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 1 PERC 6 1 Modular and CERC 6 I controllers Supported Features 335 e Controller Tasks e Battery Tasks e Connector Tasks e Physical Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels e Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy e Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features Controller Tasks Table A 19 Controller Tasks Supported on the PERC 5 PERC 6 and CERC 6 1 Controllers Controller Task PERC 5 E PERC5 i PERCG6 E PERCG6G l PERC 6 1 CERC 6 l Name Modular Enable Alarm Yes No No NA NA NA Disable Alarm Yes No No NA NA NA Quiet Alarm Yes No No NA NA NA Test Alarm Yes No No NA NA NA Reset configuration Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Set Rebuild Rate Yes Yes Yes Yes les Yes Set Background Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Initialization Rate Set Check Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Consistency Rate Set Reconstruct Yes Yes Yes Yes les les Rate Resc
232. ite through caching the controller sends a write request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk Write through caching provides better data security than write back caching since the system assumes the data is available only after it has been safely written to the disk K NOTE Write through is the default write policy setting when cluster mode is enabled In cluster mode the PERC 4 DC and 4e DC controllers only allow write through caching Write Cache Enabled Protected When the write cache is enabled the controller writes data to the write cache before writing data to the physical disk Because it takes less time to write data to the write cache than it does to a disk enabling the write cache can improve system performance After data is written to the write cache the system is free to continue with other operations The controller in the meantime completes the write operation by writing the data from the write cache to the physical disk The Write Cache Enabled Protected option is only available if the controller has a functional battery The presence of a functional battery ensures that data can be written from the write cache to the physical disk even in the case of a power outage K NOTE Storage Management does not allow you to select the Write Cache Enabled Protected policy for controllers that do not have a battery This restriction protects a controller without a battery from the data loss that may occur
233. ization Rate text box The value must be within the 0 100 range 2 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object Controllers 131 Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Set Background Initialization Rate from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties Set Check Consistency Rate Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Set Check Consistency Rate task changes the amount of system resources dedicated to the check consistency task For more information about the check consistency task see Check Consistency The check consistency rate configurable between 0 and 100 represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated to running the check consistency task At 0 the check consistency has the lowest priority for the controller takes the most time to complete and is the setting with the least impact to system performance A check consistency rate of 0 does not mean that the check consistency is stopped or paused At 100 the check consistency is the highest priority for the controller The check consistency time is minimized and is the setting
234. k Use this screen to review your changes before completing the virtual disk replace member task To Replace a Member Disk Step 2 of 2 1 Review your changes The source Physical Disk table displays details of the source physical disk The destination Physical Disk table displays details of the destination physical disk 2 Click Finish to complete the replace member task If you want to change the replace member click Go Back to Previous Page To exit without making changes click Cancel Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks Caching can be enabled at the virtual disk level only if the virtual disk does not have any partitions If the virtual disk has partitions the caching can be enabled at the partition level For more information see Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions To enable Fluid Cache on a virtual disk 1 On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt lt Controller Name gt Connector Virtual Disks The Virtual Disk on lt Controller Name gt page is displayed with the list of virtual disks for the controller 274 Virtual Disks 5 From the Tasks drop down list corresponding the virtual disk for which you want to enable the cache select Enable Fluid Cache Click Execute Select the Write cache mode The available options are e Write Through e Write Back Click Apply for enabling the cache After the caching is enabled a Fluid Cache disk is created that can
235. k rescanning the controller should resolve this problem e Investigate whether there are any cable enclosure or controller problems preventing the disk from communicating with the controller If you find a problem and resolve it you may need to rescan the controller to return the disk to Online or Ready status If the disk does not return to Online or Ready status reboot the system e If the disk is damaged replace it For more information see Replacing a Failed Disk A Disk is Marked as Failed When Rebuilding in a Cluster Configuration When a system in a cluster attempts to rebuild a failed disk but the rebuild fails then another system takes over the rebuild In this situation you may notice that the rebuilt disk continues to be marked as failed on both systems even after the second system has rebuilt successfully To resolve this problem perform a rescan on both systems after the rebuild completes successfully A Disk on a PERC 4 Di Controller Does not Return Online after a Prepare to Remove When you do a Prepare to Remove command on a physical disk attached to a PERC 4 Di controller you may find that the disk does not display in the Storage Management tree view even after doing a rescan or a reboot In this case to redisplay the disk in the Storage Management tree view 1 Manually remove and then replace the physical disk 2 Rescan the controller or reboot the system 304 Troubleshooting on Receive a Bad Blo
236. k by blinking the LED display on the physical disk that you intend to remove For information on blinking the LED display see Blink and Unblink Physical Disk Resolving Microsoft Windows Upgrade Problems If you upgrade the Microsoft Windows operating system on a server you may find that Storage Management no longer functions after the upgrade The installation process installs files and makes registry entries on the server that are specific to the operating system For this reason changing the operating system can disable Storage Management To avoid this problem you should uninstall Storage Management before upgrading If you have already upgraded without uninstalling Storage Management however you should uninstall Storage Management after the upgrade After you have uninstalled Storage Management and completed the upgrade reinstall Storage Management using the Storage Management install media You can download Storage Management from support dell com Virtual Disk Troubleshooting The following sections describe troubleshooting procedures for virtual disks e Replacing a Failed Disk that is Part of a Redundant Virtual Disk e Replacing a Failed Physical Disk in a RAID 1 on a CERC SATA1 5 2s e A Rebuild Does Not Work e A Rebuild Completes with Errors e Cannot Create a Virtual Disk e Virtual Disk Errors on Linux e Problems Associated With Using the Same Physical Disks for Both Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks A Rebuild
237. l redundancy only applies to controllers that have more than one channel and that attach to an external disk enclosure Related Information e SMART Thermal Shutdown e Channel Redundancy on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di Controllers e Creating a Channel redundant Virtual Disk Connectors 181 Channel Redundancy on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di Controllers The following considerations apply when creating a channel redundant virtual disk on these controllers It is recommended that you use a RAID 10 or RAID 50 when implementing channel redundancy on the PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di controllers If one of the channels or enclosure fails you can no longer maintain I O operations on any of the channels included in the channel redundant configuration even though data has not been lost To restore I O do one of the following Fix the failed channel and reboot the system Reboot the system This restores I O on the channels that have not encountered a failure The virtual disks on these channels are in a degraded state Creating a Channel redundant Virtual Disk The following instructions describe creating a virtual disk that uses channel redundancy K NOTE Channel redundancy only applies to controllers that have more than one 182 1 channel and that attach to an external disk enclosure Launch the Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard by doing the following a Locate the controller on which you are c
238. ld and the Maximum Failure Threshold These thresholds are default settings that cannot be changed K NOTE Thermal shutdown does not apply to the LSI PCI e U320 controllers and any SAS or SATA internal or external storage Thermal Shutdown for the PowerVault 20xS and PowerVault 21xS Enclosures For the PowerVault 20xS and PowerVault 21xS enclosures the operating system shuts down and the server powers off when the enclosure reaches 0 degrees Celsius or 50 degrees Celsius After the server powers off the enclosure also powers off Thermal Shutdown for the PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S Enclosures For the PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 2215S the operating system and server turn off at 0 degrees Celsius or 50 degrees Celsius if you have not implemented Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown If you have implemented channel redundancy enabled smart thermal shutdown using the command line interface CLI then only the enclosure shuts down at 0 degrees Celsius or 50 degrees Celsius This does not result in data loss because redundant data resides on the enclosure attached to the other channel The PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S enclosures automatically turn off when their temperature reaches 55 degrees Celsius This shutdown occurs whether or not you have implemented channel redundancy or have Storage Management installed You can enable smart thermal shutdown using the command line interface For more information see the De
239. le is created Isiexport log If the file already exists exporting the log file overwrites the existing log file K NOTE Controllers without cache cannot store logs and export log files 118 Controllers To export the controller log file Click Export Log File when ready To exit without exporting the controller log file click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Export Log from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties a FF WwW N Foreign Configuration Operations K NOTE Foreign Configuration Operations is available only on SAS controllers with firmware versions 6 1 and later A foreign configuration is data residing on physical disks that has been moved from one controller to another Virtual disks residing on physical disks that have been moved are considered to be a foreign configuration K NOTE It is not recommend to remove an external enclosure cable while the operating system is running on the system Removing the cable could result in a foreign configuration when the connection is re established The Foreign Configuration Operations option is displayed only when a controller det
240. learn cycle You cannot stop or pause the Learn cycle but you can delay it For more information see Battery Delay Learn Cycle and Start Learn Cycle 192 RAID Controller Batteries Battery Tasks To execute a drop down menu battery task 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Expand a controller object 3 Select the Battery object 4 Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute Drop down Menu Battery Tasks Start Learn Cycle e Battery Delay Learn Cycle Related information e Battery Properties Start Learn Cycle Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Start Learn Cycle task to initiate the battery learn cycle The battery learn cycle discharges and then fully charges the controller battery The Learn cycle recalibrates the battery integrated circuit so that the controller can determine whether the battery can maintain the controller cache for the prescribed period of time in the event of a power loss While the Learn cycle is in progress the battery may not be able to maintain the cache during a power loss If the controller is using write back cache policy then the controller changes to write through cache policy until the Leam cycle completes The write through cache policy writes the data directly to the disk and reduces the risk that data can be lost in the cache if there is a power loss K NOTE If you have set the contro
241. ler To exit without clearing the foreign configuration click Cancel To locate this task in Storage Management For SAS controllers with firmware versions 6 1 and later 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select Foreign Configuration Operations from the Controller Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute 6 On the Foreign Configuration Preview page click Clear For controllers with firmware version 6 0 and earlier 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab Controllers 125 4 Select Clear Foreign Configuration from the Controller tasks Physical Disks in Foreign Virtual Disks The Physical Disks in Foreign Virtual Disks page displays the physical disks and the dedicated hot spare if any included in the foreign configuration The following table describes properties for physical disks in the foreign configuration Table 8 5 Physical Disk Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component Normal OK A Warning Non critical Critical Fatal For more information see Storage Component Severity Name This property displays the name of the physical disk The name is comprised of the connector number followed by the disk number
242. leted You are Unable to Log into a Remote System Access can be denied here if you do not enter a user name and password that match an administrator account on the remote computer or if you muistype the login information The remote system may also not be powered on or there may be network problems Troubleshooting 307 Cannot Connect to Remote System Running Windows Server 2003 When connecting to a remote system running Windows Server 2003 log into the remote system using an account that has administrator privileges By default Windows Server 2003 does not allow anonymous null connections to access the SAM user accounts Therefore if you are attempting to connect using an account that has a blank or nul password the connection may fail Reconfiguring a Virtual Disk Displays Error in Mozilla Browser When reconfiguring a virtual disk using the Mozilla browser the following error message may display Although this page is encrypted the information you have entered is to be sent over an unencrypted connection and could easily be read by a third party You can disable this error message by changing a Mozilla browser setting To disable this error message 1 Select Edit and then Preferences 2 Click Privacy and Security 3 Click SSL 4 Uncheck the Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted page option Physical Disks Display Under Connector Not Enclosure Tree Object Storage Management polls the
243. levels For information on which RAID levels a controller supports see the supported RAID levels section for the controller in Supported Features Controller supported Stripe Sizes When creating a virtual disk you must specify the stripe size for the virtual disk Different controllers have different limitations on the stripe sizes they can support For information on the stripe sizes a controller supports see the virtual disk specifications section for the controller in Supported Features 94 Controllers RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy When creating a virtual disk you specify the read write and cache policies for the virtual disk The following sub section describes these policies K NOTE Read write and cache policies are not supported on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller Read Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The read policies indicate whether or not the controller should read sequential sectors of the virtual disk when seeking data e Read Ahead When using read ahead policy the controller reads sequential sectors of the virtual disk when seeking data Read ahead policy may improve system performance if the data is actually written to sequential sectors of the virtual disk e No Read Ahead Selecting no read ahead policy indicates that the controller should not use read ahead policy e Adaptive Read Ahead When using adaptive read ahead policy the
244. limitation of 2TB Virtual disks created on a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di and SAS 5 iR controller cannot be created from physical disks with an aggregate size greater than 2TB This is a limitation of the controller implementation For example you cannot select more than 30 physical disks that are 73GB in size regardless of the size of the resulting virtual disk When attempting to select more than 30 disks of this size a pop up message is displayed that indicates that the 2TB limit has been reached and that you should select a smaller number of physical disks The 2TB limit is an industry wide SCSI limitation Expanding virtual disks You can only use the Reconfigure task to expand a virtual disk that uses the full capacity of its member physical disks For more information see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step of 3 Reconfiguring virtual disks The Reconfigure task is not available when you have more than one virtual disk using the same set of physical disks You can however reconfigure a virtual disk that is the only virtual disk residing on a set of physical disks For more information see Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 Virtual disk names not stored on controller The names of the virtual disks that you create are not stored on the controller This means that if you reboot using a different operating system the new operating system may rename the virtual disk using its own naming conventions
245. lity and Performance 2 2 35 Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation 37 Concatenation 00 37 RAID Level 0 Striping 39 RAID Level 1 Mirroring 40 RAID Level 5 Striping with distributed parity 42 RAID Level 6 Striping with additional distributed parity 43 RAID Level 50 Striping over RAID 5 sets 45 RAID Level 60 Striping over RAID 6 sets 47 RAID Level 10 Striping over mirror sets 49 RAID Level 1 Concatenated Concatenated MIOR oaae ar nosed ay Ge et ss aap ares 51 Considerations for RAID 10 and 50 on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di 52 Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance 2 0 53 No RAID 224g og tek oi ee oe ee ee 55 4 Contents 4 Quick Access to Storage Status and TASK Sie ss a eek ee A ete ea Storage Dashboard and Storage Health Storage Health Hot Spare Protection Policy SelectReport Storage Component Severity Storage Properties and Current Activity AlertsorEvents 4 Monitoring Disk Reliability on RAID Controllers Using Alarms to Detect Failures Using Enclosure Temperature Probes Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes 1 0 and Reboot Requirements for
246. ll OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Guide at support dell com manuals 158 Enclosures and Backplanes Changing the Mode on PowerVault 220S and PowerVault 221S Enclosures When toggling the bus configuration switch on a PowerVault 220S or PowerVault 221S enclosure the enclosure should be powered off The bus configuration switch is used to change the enclosure to split bus joined bus or clustered mode If you change the PowerVault 220S or PowerVault 221S enclosure mode with the enclosure powered on the enclosure may no longer be displayed by Storage Management and you may notice other erratic behaviors In addition the bus configuration switch on these enclosures is not rated for frequent toggling Enclosure Management In addition to the drop down menu Enclosure Tasks the following activities may be required for enclosure management e Identifying the service tag of the enclosure To identify the enclosure s service tag select the enclosure in the tree view and click the Information Configuration tab The Information Configuration tab displays the service tag and other enclosure properties e Identifying the Express Service Code of the enclosure The Express Service Code is a numeric function of your service tag You can key in the numeric Express Service Code for automated call routing while calling Dell technical support To identify the Express Service Code of the enclosure select the enclosure
247. ller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab 4 Select Import Recover Foreign Configuration from the Controller tasks 124 Controllers Clear Foreign Configuration Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features After moving a physical disk from one controller to another you may find that the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk foreign configuration You can identify whether or not a previously used physical disk contains a foreign configuration virtual disk by checking the physical disk state If the physical disk state is Foreign then the physical disk contains all or some portion of a virtual disk Use the clear foreign configuration task to clear or erase the virtual disk information from the newly attached physical disks K NOTE The clear foreign configuration task permanently destroys all data residing on the physical disks that have been added to the controller If more than one foreign virtual disk is present you cannot choose which one to clear All are cleared or erased You may prefer to import the virtual disk rather than destroy the data For more information see Importing Foreign Configurations and Importing Recovering Foreign Configurations To clear a foreign configuration Click Clear Foreign Configuration when you are ready to clear or erase all virtual disks residing on physical disks that have been added to the control
248. ller to force write back cache policy then the cache policy is not changed during the Learn cycle When using force write back cache policy it is possible for data loss to occur if there is a power loss while the Learn cycle is in progress RAID Controller Batteries 193 The controller firmware automatically initiates the Learn cycle every 90 days You can however delay the start time of the Learn cycle for a further seven days after which the firmware automatically initiates the Learn cycle For more information see Battery Delay Learn Cycle K NOTE The Learn cycle cannot be performed while the battery is charging If either a user or the controller firmware initiate the Learn cycle while the battery is charging then the battery Learn State displays Requested When the battery is fully charged the Learn cycle begins Battery Transparent Learn Cycle The PERC H710 and PERC H810 controllers support Transparent Learn Cycle TLC a periodic operation that calculates the charge that is remaining in the battery to ensure there is sufficient energy The operation runs automatically and causes no impact to system or controller performance The controller automatically performs TLC on the battery to calibrate and gauge its charge capacity once every 90 days The operation can be performed manually if required Battery Delay Learn Cycle Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The controller firmware automatica
249. llers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com 88 Storage Information and Global Tasks Property Definition Minimum Required Firmware Version Driver Version Minimum Required Driver Version Number of Connector Rebuild Rate Alarm State This property displays the minimum firmware version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller firmware does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the version of the controller s driver The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the minimum driver version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller driver does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme
250. llers the controller firmware uses the rebuild rate setting to control the system resource allocation for the Background Initialization task For more information see Set Rebuild Rate Restore Dead Segments Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Restore Dead Segments task to recover data from a RAID 5 virtual disk that has been corrupted The Restore Dead Segments task attempts to reconstruct data from a corrupt portion of a physical disk included in a RAID 5 virtual disk The Restore Dead Segments task uses the parity or redundant information to reconstruct the lost data This task is not always able to recover lost data Delete Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Delete task to destroy all data on the virtual disk For more information see Virtual Disk Task Delete Virtual Disks 241 Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Assign Dedicated Hot Spare task to assign a disk as a backup for a single virtual disk For more information see Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Check Consistency Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Check Consistency task to verify the accuracy of the redundant parity information This task only applies to redundant virtual disks When necessary the Check Consistency task rebuilds the redundant data If the virtual
251. lly initiates the battery learn cycle every 90 days Although you cannot stop the firmware from running the Learn cycle you can delay the start time of the learn cycle for up to seven days For more information on the battery learn cycle see Start Learn Cycle To delay the battery learn cycle 1 Type a numerical value in the Days text box The value must be within the 0 7 range The value you enter indicates the number of days for which you want to delay the battery learn cycle The Learn cycle can be delayed for a maximum of seven days 2 Type a numerical value in the Hours text box The value must be within the 0 23 range The value you enter indicates the number of hours for which you want to delay the battery learn cycle 3 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back To Battery Information Page 194 RAID Controller Batteries To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand the controller object Select the Battery object Select Delay Learn Cycle from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a FF O N Related Information e Battery Properties and Tasks Start Learn Cycle RAID Controller Batteries 195 196 RAID Controller Batteries Physical Disks or Physical Devices Physical disks or physical devices reside within an enclosure or are attached to the controller On a RAID controller physical d
252. lock The disk then re maps the Logical Block Addressing LBA to another physical location The problem is resolved Recommendations Storage Management provides the ability to clear the bad block warnings To clear bad blocks the following procedure is recommended 1 Perform a backup of the virtual disk with the Verify option selected One of the two following scenarios can occur Backup operation fails on one or more files In this case restore the file from a previous backup After restoring the file proceed to step 2 Backup operation completes without error This indicates that there are no bad blocks on the written portion of your virtual disk If you still receive bad block warnings the bad blocks are in a non data area Proceed to Step 2 2 Run Patrol Read and check the system event log to ensure that no new bad blocks are found If bad blocks still exist proceed to step 3 If not the condition is cleared without the need for step 3 3 To clear these bad blocks execute the Clear Virtual Disk Bad Blocks task This Clear Virtual Disk Bad Block feature is applicable to PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter family of controllers 234 Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Properties and Tasks Use th
253. losure Depending on the controller type the connector can be either a SCSI channel or a SAS port Rebuild Rate The rebuild rate is the percentage of the system s resources dedicated to rebuilding a failed disk when a rebuild is necessary For more information see Set Rebuild Rate NOTE Revertible Hot Spare operation has the same rebuild rate that you set here BGI Rate The background initialization BGI rate is the percentage of the system s resources dedicated to performing the background initialization of a virtual disk after it is created For more information see Set Background Initialization Rate Check Consistency The check consistency rate is the percentage of the system s Rate resources dedicated to performing a check consistency on a redundant virtual disk For more information see Check Consistency Reconstruct Rate The reconstruct rate is the percentage of the system s resources dedicated to reconstructing a disk group after adding a physical disk or changing the RAID level of a virtual disk residing on the disk group For more information see Set Reconstruct Rate Alarm State This property displays whether the controller s alarm is enabled or disabled NOTE This property is displayed only for SCSI storage controllers Abort check This property enables you to stop the Check Consistency consistency on error operation on error rather than continuing This property is available only on controllers that hav
254. lowing sections provide additional information on rebuilding disks e Replacing a Failed Disk describes how to replace a failed physical disk and initiate a rebuild e Set Rebuild Rate describes how to set the rebuild rate on selected controllers e A Rebuild Does Not Work describes situations in which a rebuild does not work Virtual Disk Bad Block Management What is a Virtual Disk Bad Block Virtual disk bad blocks are due to bad blocks on one or more member physical disks Read operation on the virtual disks having bad blocks may fail Storage Management generates a critical alert 2387 to notify you of the bad blocks on the virtual disk Virtual disk bad blocks are discovered when the controller performs any operation that requires scanning the disk Examples of operations that may result in this alert are Consistency check e Rebuild e Virtual disk format e JO e Patrol Read Recovering a physical disk bad block depends on the RAID level and state of the virtual disk If a virtual disk is redundant the controller can recover a bad block on a physical disk If a virtual disk is not redundant then the physical disk bad block results in a virtual disk bad block 232 Virtual Disks The following table describes some of the possible scenarios that may may not result in virtual disk bad blocks Table 13 2 Sample Scenarios For Virtual Disk Bad Blocks RAID Level State Scenario Result Virtual Disk RAID 0 Deg
255. ls and Concatenation and Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Frequently Asked Questions 315 316 Frequently Asked Questions Supported Features Different controllers support different features The tasks displayed by the Storage Management menus and other features vary depending on whether the controller supports the feature This appendix identifies the features that each controller supports For more information see your hardware documentation Supported Features on the PERC 4 Controllers This section identifies the controller supported features and whether or not an enclosure can be attached to the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di 4e DC and 4 IM controllers The features comprise the following e Controller Tasks e Battery Tasks e Connector Tasks e Physical Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels e Read Write and Disk Cache Policy e Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features Controller Tasks Table A 1 Controller Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC Name 4 SC 4 DC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Enable Alarm Yes Yes No No No Yes No Supported Features 317 Table A 1 Controller Tasks Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers continued Controller Task PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC
256. lure These alerts can assist you in identifying the cause of the SMART alert The following alerts may be generated in response to a SMART alert 2094 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals NOTE On replacing a SMART error drive with a good drive on PERC4 IM controllers it is necessary to perform a rescan operation on the controller for Storage Management to display the correct status of the newly inserted drive This property displays the progress of an operation being performed on the physical disk This property is only displayed when an operation is being performed on the physical disk Controllers Property Definition Bus Protocol Dell Certified Media Used RAID Disk Space Available RAID Disk Space Hot Spare This property displays the technology that the physical disk is using Possible values are SCSI Small Computer System Interface SAS Serial Attached SCSI SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA This property indicates that the drive has Dell firmware which has been tested and fully qualified by Dell Drives that are not Dell certified may work but are not supported and recommended for use in Dell servers This property displays the media type of the physical disk The possible values are HDD Hard Disk Drive A HDD is a non volatile storag
257. manuals Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch 100 and 300 Controllers For the CERC SATAI 5 6ch S100 and S300 controllers a hot spare is assigned to a virtual disk When a physical disk fails only the portion of the physical disk containing the virtual disk is rebuilt onto the hot spare Data or space on the physical disk not included in the virtual disk are not rebuilt On the CERC SATAI 5 6ch S100 and 300 controllers individual physical disks may be included in more than one virtual disk Assigning a portion of a physical disk to a virtual disk does not preclude the remaining portion of the physical disk from being used by other virtual disks Only the virtual disks to which the hot spare is assigned are rebuilt When using Storage Management a disk that is assigned as a hot spare on a CERC SATA1 5 6ch S100 and S300 controller cannot be used as a member of a virtual disk 286 Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare K NOTE When using the BIOS on a CERC SATA1 5 6ch controller it may be possible to create a hot spare from a physical disk that is also used in a virtual disk To avoid confusion and maximize data protection Storage Management does not allow a physical disk to be both a hot spare and a member of a virtual disk When assigning a hot spare Storage Management displays the physical disks that are not being used by a virtual disk Size Requirements for Global Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch
258. mation as standard RAID 5 Data is striped across all spans RAID 50 is more expensive in terms of disk space Understanding RAID Concepts K NOTE On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers there are special considerations when implementing RAID 50 on a disk group that has disks of different sizes For more information see Considerations for RAID 10 and 50 on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 60 Striping over RAID 6 sets RAID 60 is striping over more than one span of physical disks that are configured as a RAID 6 For example a RAID 6 disk group that is implemented with four physical disks and then continues on with a disk group of four more physical disks would be a RAID 60 Understanding RAID Concepts 47 Figure 3 7 RAID 60 Data Flow Starts Here gt RAID 60 Characteristics e Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 2 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span e Redundant information parity is alternately stored on all disks of each RAID 6 span e Better read performance but slower write performance 48 Understanding RAID Concepts
259. mber of Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenate d Minimum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Minimum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 1 Minimum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Minimum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Minimum Number of Physical Disks in a RAID 50 2 2 6 2 2 2 6 NA NA NA NA NA Supported Features 325 Table A 6 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 4 Controllers continued Virtual Disk PERC 4 SC PERC 4 DC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 IM Specification 4A DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC Maximum NA NA NA NA NA NA NA number of physical disks ina RAID 6 Maximum NA NA NA NA NA NA NA number of physical disks in a RAID 60 Minimum NA NA NA NA NA NA NA number of physical disks ina RAID6 Minimum NA NA NA NA NA NA NA number of physical disks ina RAID 60 Supported RAID Levels Table A 7 RAID Levels Supported by the PERC 4 Controllers RAID Level PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC 4 SC ADC 4 DI 4e SI 4e DI 4e DC 4 IM Concatenation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RAID 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 50 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No RAID 6 No No No No No No No RAID 60 No No No No No No No 326 Supported Features Read Write and Disk Cache Policy Table A 8 Read Write and Disk Cache Policy Supported by the
260. mode is set to LKM Changing or Deleting the Encryption Key You can change an Encryption Key of a controller if the controller already has a configured Encryption Key You can delete an Encryption Key for encrypted controllers only if there are no encrypted virtual disks To change the Encryption Key enter the New Encryption Key Identifier and Passphrase You are prompted to authenticate with the current Passphrase Ensure you read the note on the importance of Passphrase and consequences of not saving the same before applying the changes When you change the Encryption Key the existing configuration on this controller is updated to use the new Encryption Key If you have removed any of the encrypted drives previously you must authenticate with the old Passphrase to import the encrypted drives Controllers 147 When changing the Encryption Key you can also save or update the new Encryption Key credentials to a file in the system where Distributed Web Service is running Select the Escrow check box If you have already saved the Encryption Key credentials for a controller providing the path of the file updates credentials for that controller If the credentials are for a new controller the details are appended in the same file If you have not saved the credentials to a file you can enter the path on which the file must be saved The path must contain a file name with an xml extension On applying changes this file is created with
261. n 1 Review the virtual disks that is destroyed by resetting the controller configuration Make backups as necessary Click Blink at the bottom of the screen to blink the physical disks included in the virtual disks 2 Click Reset Configuration when you are ready to erase all information on the controller To exit without resetting the controller configuration click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Reset Configuration from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties a FW N Export Log Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Export Log task exports the controller log to a text file The log gives detailed information on the controller activities and can be useful for troubleshooting On a system running Microsoft Windows the log file is exported to the windows or winnt directory On a system running Linux operating systems the log file is exported to the var log directory Depending on the controller the log file name is either afa_ lt mumdd gt log or Isi_ lt mmdd gt log where lt mmdd gt is the month and date NOTE In the VMware ESXi environment only one log fi
262. n from the Controller Tasks drop down menu Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties a Aa O N Create Virtual Disk Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Create Virtual Disk task to launch the Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard For more information see Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 Enable Alarm Controller Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Enable Alarm task to enable the controller s alarm When enabled the alarm sounds in the event of a device failure Disable Alarm Controller Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Disable Alarm task to disable the controller s alarm When disabled the alarm does not sound in the event of a device failure Quiet Alarm Controller Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Quiet Alarm task to quiet the controller s alarm when it is sounding After it is quieted the alarm is still enabled in the event of a future device failure 114 Controllers Test Alarm Controller Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Test Alarm task to test whether the controller alarm is functional The alarm sounds for about 2 seconds K NOTE The Test Alarm task is only available on the CERC SA
263. n this appendix indicate how the status of lower level storage components is rolled up into the combined status displayed for the controller or other higher level component The examples provided by these tables do not cover all scenarios but they do indicate how status is rolled up when a particular component is in a healthy degraded or failed state Health Status Rollup Battery is Charging or Dead Table B 1 Health Status Rollup Battery is Charging or Dead Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connecto Physical Firmware Virtual Subsyste r r Disk s Disk s m Driver Compon sw B 4 GGG GB 4 9 A Health N Rollup A A NA NA NA NA Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 381 Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Failed or Removed Table B 2 Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Failed or Removed Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste r or Disk s e Disk s m Driver Compon Status ls a YW Health i 7 we A 9 a Oo YW Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Unsupported Partially or Permanently Degraded Table B 3 Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Unsupported Partially or Permanently Degraded Enclosures Not Included Storage Controlle Battery Connect Physical Firmwar Virtual Subsyste
264. nagement does not automatically initiate actions independent of user input Automatic shutdown of enclosures that have exceeded a critical temperature is the only exception For more information see SMART Thermal Shutdown Storage Management actions are user initiated using wizards and drop down menus Storage Management does however report the actions taken by the controllers which include generating alerts initiating tasks such as a rebuild and making state changes K NOTE Storage Management reports the change in state of disks and other storage components as viewed by the controller Getting Started 27 Launching Storage Management Storage Management is installed as a Dell OpenManage Server Administrator service All Storage Management features are accessible by selecting the Storage object in the Server Administrator tree view For more information on starting Server Administrator see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User s Guide Microsoft Windows To start a Server Administrator session on a local system running Microsoft Windows operating system click the Dell OpenManage icon on your desktop and log in using an account with Administrator privileges K NOTE Administrative privileges are required for configuration purposes Linux and any Remote System To start a Server Administrator session on a Linux or any remote system click the Dell OpenManage icon on your desktop and log in using an account with
265. nagement is unable to determine the media type of the physical disk NOTE You cannot have a mix of HDD and SSD media on a virtual disk Also you cannot have a mix of SAS and SATA drives on the virtual disk This property displays the read policy that the controller is using for this virtual disk See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy This property displays the write policy that the controller is using for this virtual disk See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 238 Virtual Disks Property Definition Cache Policy This property displays the cache policy that the controller is using for this virtual disk See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Stripe Size This property displays the stripe size of the virtual disk Disk Cache Policy This property displays whether the disk cache policy of the physical disks that are part of the virtual disk is enabled or disabled See RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Virtual Disk Tasks To execute a virtual disk drop down menu task 1 2 3 4 5 K Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute NOTE Different controllers support different features For this reason the tasks displayed on the Tasks drop down menu can vary d
266. nd Thermal Shutdown 181 Channel Redundancy on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e DiControllers 182 Creating a Channel redundant Virtual Disk 182 ConnectorHealth 184 Connector Status 184 Connector Information 185 Connector Components 185 Connector Properties and Tasks 185 Connector Properties 185 Connector Tasks RescanConnector 187 Connector Components 187 Logical Connector Properties and Tasks 187 Logical Connector Properties 187 PathHealth 188 Clearing the Redundant Path View 188 Related Tasks 02 189 Logical Connector Components 189 11 RAID Controller Batteries 191 Battery Properties and Tasks 191 Battery Properties 191 Battery Tasks 02 193 Contents 11 12 12 Physical Disks or Physical Devices Guidelines to Replace a Physical Disk or Physical Device Add a New Disk to YourSystem How to Avoid Removing the Wrong Disk Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts Other Disk Procedures Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties ANG Tasks 603 shah sk He See ace ae ees Soke Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties ie eee eis te lot Vana d Physi
267. nformation see Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare Select the Physical Disk check box if you want to assign a dedicated hot spare Virtual Disks 249 The Physical Disk check box is not available if the controller does not have a physical disk that is a suitable hot spare for the virtual disk you are creating For example the available physical disks may be too small to protect the virtual disk If the Physical Disk check box is not available you may need to specify a smaller virtual disk use a different RAID level or change the disk selection using the Create Virtual Disk Advanced wizard K NOTE By default an encrypted virtual disk is created if the controller is encryption enabled and has sufficient number of encrypted physical disks to create a virtual disk of the selected RAID level In this case the Summary of Virtual Disk Attributes displays a Encrypt Virtual Disk attribute with a value Yes and only encrypted physical disks are listed as candidates for hot spare 3 Do one of the following e Click Finish to create the virtual disk with the attributes shown on this screen For PERC H700 and PERC H800 controllers if any of the drives you selected is in the spun down state the following message is displayed The below listed physical drive s are in the spun down state Executing this task on these drive s takes additional time because the drive s need to spun up The message displays the ID s of the spun do
268. ng a dynamic virtual disk or for a RAID 1 virtual disk that is in a Failed Redundancy state K NOTE On Linux a Split Mirror cannot be performed on a mounted virtual disk For this reason a Split Mirror cannot be performed on the boot drive To Split a Mirror Click Split Mirror To exit without splitting the mirror click Go Back To Virtual Disk Page A CAUTION Your virtual disk is longer redundant after performing a Split Mirror operation To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Split Mirror from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a Aa O N Related Information Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes e Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes Unmirror Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Unmirror task to separate mirrored data and restore one half of the mirror to free space Unmirroring a RAID 1 or RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk results in a single non redundant concatenated virtual disk Unmirroring a RAID 10 virtual disk results in a single non redundant RAID 0 striped virtual disk Data is not lost during this operation K NOTE The Unmirror task is not supported on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller 270 l Virtual Disks K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers doing an Unmirror on a RAID 1 conca
269. ng on the model of the controller Controller properties may include Table 8 3 Controller Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component Severity Normal OK Warning Non critical gt Critical Fatal ID This property displays the controller ID assigned to the controller by Storage Management Storage Management numbers the controllers attached to the system starting with zero This number is the same as the controller ID number reported by the omreport Command For information on Command Line Interface see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Guide at support dell com manuals Name This property displays the name of the controller 106 Controllers Property Definition State Firmware Version Minimum Required Firmware Version Driver Version Minimum Required Driver Version This property displays the current status of the controller Possible values are Ready The controller is functioning normally Degraded The controller has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The controller has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning This property displays the version of the firmware that is currently installed on the controller NOTE On some controllers Storage Management may not be able to obtain the firmw
270. ng or initializing a virtual disk destroys all data on the virtual disk If the boot partition resides on the virtual disk it is destroyed by the format operation Some controllers have BIOS settings for a fast initialize or a slow initialize In this case the Initialize task performs the type of initialization fast or slow that is specified in the BIOS Other controllers have a Fast Initialize and Slow Initialize task available on the controller task drop down menu For more information see Considerations for Fast Initialize and Considerations for Slow Initialize K NOTE On a system running Linux operating systems you cannot format a virtual disk that contains a mounted volume Considerations for Format The format task applies to the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers After the format is initiated it cannot be cancelled Considerations for Initialize The initialize task applies to the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers These controllers also have a Cancel Initialize and Background Initialization feature For more information see Format and Initialize Slow and Fast Initialize and Background Initialization on PERC Controllers K NOTE A fast initialization on the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers may occur so quickly that the virtual disk s State does not display Initializing Use the controller BIOS to change the initialization settings Considerations for Fast Initialize
271. nimum driver version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller driver does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the version of the storport driver that is installed on the system Controllers 103 Property Definition Minimum This property displays the minimum storport driver version Required Storport required by Storage Management This property is displayed if Driver Version the operating system storport driver does not meet the minimum requirement This is applicable for Windows operating system only NOTE To download the latest storport driver see the Microsoft Knowledge Base article 943545 at support microsoft com Controller Health This screen displays the status of the controller and the components attached to the controller Controller Severity Component status is indicated by the severity A component with a Warning or Critical Failure status requires immediate attention to avoid data loss if possible A component s status may indicate the combined status of the component and its lower level objects For more information see Determining the Health Status for
272. nsiderations for Slow Initialize To clear the physical disk 1 Review the physical disk to be erased by the Clear task Be sure that it does not contain necessary data and make a backup if necessary If you want to blink the physical disk click the Blink button 2 Click Clear when you are ready to erase all information on the physical disk To exit without clearing the physical disk click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Expand the enclosure or Backplane object Select the Physical Disks object ao a A U N Select Clear from the Available Tasks drop down menu of the physical disk you want to clear 7 Click Execute Revertible Hot Spare Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Revertible Hot Spare task to copy data back from a hot spare to a physical disk If the physical disk in a virtual disk fails the data on the failed disk is copied to the assigned hot spare If you replace the failed disk with a new physical disk and if you have enabled the revertible hot spare task the data is copied from the erstwhile hot spare to the new disk You can also use the Revertible Hot Spare task to copy data from a physical disk to the hot spare on a predictive failure event 214 Physical Disks or Physical Devices If Revertible Hot Spar
273. nstruct rate of 0 does not mean that the reconstruct is stopped or paused At 100 the reconstruct is the highest priority for the controller the reconstruct time is minimized and is the setting with the most impact to system performance Controllers 133 To change the controller s reconstruct rate 1 Type a numerical value in the New Reconstruct Rate text box The value must be within the 0 100 range 2 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back to Previous Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Set Reconstruct Rate from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute You can also locate this task from the Change Controller Properties drop down menu For more information see Change Controller Properties a FF WwW N Related Information Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 Redundant Path Configuration Does my Controller Support This Feature See Supported Features Redundant path is supported only on external PERC cards that use firmware version 6 1 and later A redundant path internal to the system is not supported Dell PowerVault MD 1 xxx enclosures are supported For redundant paths the enclosure must be in the Unified mode but specific port connections are not required A connection from either controller port
274. nt Activity The Configuration Information subtab displays information regarding a storage component These properties include details such as the number of connectors channels or ports on a controller or the Enclosure Management Modules EMM firmware version The State and Progress properties indicate a component s current activity For example an offline physical disk displays the Offline status while the Progress property displays how close to completion an operation such as a rebuild is The following sections describe the properties for each component Storage Information and Global Tasks e Controller Properties and Tasks e Battery Properties and Tasks e Connector Properties and Tasks e Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks e Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks EMM Properties e Fan Properties Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks 59 e Power Supply Properties e Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks e Virtual Disk Properties and Tasks Alerts or Events Storage activity generates alerts or events that are displayed in the Alert Log Some alerts indicate normal activity and are displayed for informational purposes only Other alerts indicate abnormal activity which should be addressed immediately For more information about alerts and their corrective actions see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals
275. nt running firmware version on the PCle SSD Displays the Piece Part Identification PPID of the PCle SSD Displays the full capacity of the device Displays the hardware vendor of the device Displays the product ID of the device Displays the serial number of the device Displays the speed of data transfer that the device negotiated during initial communication The negated speed depends on the speed of the device the capable speed of the PCle extender card and the current speed of the PCIe extender card on that connector PCI Express Solid State Device Support 69 Table 5 3 Physical Device Properties Properties Description Capable Speed Displays the highest possible speed at which the device can transfer data Fluid Cache Pool Indicates whether the PCIe SSD is a part of a Fluid Cache Member pool or not Physical Device Tasks The physical device tasks for PCIe SSD are as follows e Blink and Unblink e Full Initialization e Prepare to Remove e Export Log e Add PCIe SSDs to Fluid Cache Pool Remove PCIe SSDs from Fluid Cache Pool To run a physical device task 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the storage component objects Expand the PCIe SSD SubSystem object Expand the Connector object Expand the Enclosure Backplane object Select the Physical Devices object Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute uO Oo FF Ww N Blink and Unblink The Blink task
276. nt soo soo oy sF a pe Status a Q Health NA NA NA Rollup A A Q Q 386 Determining the Health Status for Storage Components Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Fan is Failed Table B 10 Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Fan is Failed Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e e Fan Disks Disks m Compon Status a Q Health NA NA NA Rollup A A Health Status Rollup One Enclosure EMM is Failed Table B 11 Health Status Rollup One Enclosure EMM is Failed Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e eEMM Disks Disks m Compon sw A 2G A Oo A DO Ww e A amp 8 4 Q Q id Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 387 Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Temperature Probe is Failed Table B 12 Health Status Rollup One Enclosure Temperature Probe is Failed Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur Enclosur Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e e Disks Disks m Temperat ure Probe Compon sw A O G amp G A Oo A DO Health NA Rollup A A Q Q gt o Health Status Rollup Lost Both Power Connections to the Enclosure Table B 13 Health Status Rollup Lost Both Power Connections to the Enclosure Storage Controlle Connect Enclosur All Virtual Physical Subsyste r or e Enclosur Disks Disks m e Compone nts Compon NA NA Status Oo O 388 Determining the He
277. nt the redundant path view physically disconnect the connector port from the enclosure and reboot the system After the system reboots the user interface still displays the Logical Connector but in a critical state If you are certain you do not want the redundant path mode select Clear Redundant Path view from the Controller Tasks 188 Connectors Selecting this option clears the redundant path view and the connectors are represented on the user interface as Connector 0 and Connector 1 Related Tasks e Redundant Path Configuration Logical Connector Components For information on attached components see Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Connectors 189 190 Connectors RAID Controller Batteries Some RAID controllers have batteries If the controller has a battery Storage Management displays the battery under the controller object in the tree view In the event of a power outage the controller battery preserves data that is in the volatile cache memory SRAM but not yet written to disk The battery is designed to provide a minimum of 24 hours back up When a RAID controller is first installed in a server the battery may need charging The battery is fully charged in 30 minutes For more information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages References Guide at support dell com manuals Related Information e Battery Properties and Tasks Start Learn Cycle e Battery D
278. ntroller In most cases the maximum length is 15 characters The name cannot start with a space end with a space or be left blank K NOTE The Rename task is not available for concatenated virtual disks on a CERC SATA1 5 2s controller To rename a virtual disk 1 Type the new name in the text box 2 Click Rename To exit without renaming the virtual disk click Go Back To Virtual Disk Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Rename from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a Aa O N 268 l Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Change Policy Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Change Policy task to change a virtual disk s read write or cache policy For more information see RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy To change a virtual disk s read write or disk cache policy 1 Select the new policy from the Read Policy Write Policy and Disk Cache Policy drop down menus 2 Click Apply Changes To exit without changing the virtual disk policy click Go Back To Virtual Disk Page To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Change Policy from the Available Tasks drop d
279. ntroller activity that is competing with the Patrol Read task During heavy controller activity fewer system resources are dedicated to the Patrol Read task Controllers 137 The Patrol Read does not run on a physical disk in the following circumstances The physical disk is not included in a virtual disk or assigned as a hot spare The physical disk is included in a virtual disk that is currently undergoing one of the following Arebuild A reconfiguration or reconstruction A background initialization A check consistency In addition the Patrol Read suspends during heavy I O activity and resumes when the I O is finished To set the Patrol Read mode Click the radio button for the Patrol Read mode setting that you want to select The possible settings are 138 Auto Setting the mode to Auto initiates the Patrol Read task When the task is complete it automatically runs again within a specified period of time For example on some controllers the Patrol Read runs every four hours and on other controllers the Patrol Read runs every seven days The Patrol Read task runs continuously on the system starting again within the specified period of time after each iteration of the task completes If the system reboots while the Patrol Read task is running in Auto mode the Patrol Read restarts at zero percent 0 When the Patrol Read task is set to Auto mode you cannot start or stop the task Auto mode is the default
280. nvert to Non RAID Disk This task converts a disk to Non RAID disk After converting a disk to non RAID the disk is exposed to the operating system unlike unconfigured good disks and this enables usage of disk in direct pass through mode This task is supported on H310 controllers Physical Disks or Physical Devices 217 218 Physical Disks or Physical Devices Virtual Disks In order to implement RAID functions RAID controllers must create a virtual disk A virtual disk refers to storage created by a RAID controller from one or more physical disks Although a virtual disk may be created from several physical disks it is seen by the operating system as a single disk Depending on the RAID level used the virtual disk may retain redundant data in case of a disk failure or have particular performance attributes For more information see Understanding RAID Concepts K NOTE Virtual disks can only be created on a RAID controller Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks Different controllers have particular characteristics in the way they implement virtual disks These characteristics may include use of disk space limitations on the number of virtual disks per controller and so on It can be helpful to understand these characteristics before creating virtual disks on the controller The following sections describe controller information that applies to virtual disks e Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers e Virt
281. o No Check Consistency Report No No No Slot Occupancy Report Yes Yes Yes Battery Tasks Table A 38 Battery Tasks Supported on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Battery Task Name SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Recondition Battery No No No Start Learn Cycle No No No Delay Learn Cycle No No No Connector Tasks Table A 39 Connector Tasks Supported on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Connector Task Name SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Connector Rescan No No No Supported Features 361 362 Physical Disk Tasks Table A 40 Physical Disk Tasks Supported on the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200 Controllers Physical Disk Task Name SAS 5 IR SAS 6 iR PERC H200 Blink Unblink Yes Task only available when an enclosure or backplane and LEDs on the Yes Yes physical disks are present Assign and Unassign No Supports upto Supports up to Global Hot Spare two global hot two global hot spares spares Prepare to Remove No No No Offline No No No Online No No No Initialize No No No Rebuild No NA NA Rebuild Rebuild automatically automatically initiated by the initiated by the controller controller Cancel Rebuild No No No Remove Dead Disk No No No Segments Format Disk No No No Clear No No No Cancel Clear No No No Supported Features Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 41 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the SAS 5 iR SAS 6 iR and H200
282. o three seconds to query the task information and update the display K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers reconfiguring a concatenated virtual disk to a RAID 1 may cause the virtual disk to be in Resynching state Performing a Pause Check Consistency or a Cancel Check Consistency on a virtual disk while it is in Resynching state causes the virtual disk to be in a Failed Redundancy state For more information see Considerations for Concatenated to RAID 1 Reconfiguration on CERC SATA1 5 6ch Controllers Resume Check Consistency Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Resume Check Consistency task to resume a check consistency after it has been paused Blink and Unblink Virtual Disk Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Blink and Unblink tasks blink or unblink the lights on the physical disks included in the virtual disk For more information see Blink and Unblink Virtual Disk Virtual Disks 243 Rename Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Rename task to change the virtual disk s name For more information see Virtual Disk Task Rename K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller you cannot change the default name of a concatenated virtual disk NOTE Renaming a virtual disk generates alert 2159 On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controllers alert 2159 displays the new virtual disk name On the PERC
283. ode This property represents the percentage of the system resources dedicated for running the Patrol Read operation It changes the amount of system resources assigned for the Patrol Read task The patrol read rate can be configured between 0 and 100 where e 0 indicates the lowest priority for controllers and has the least impact on the system performance e 100 indicates the highest priority for controllers and has a greater impact on the system performance This property displays the number of Patrol Read iterations For more information about Patrol Read see Set Patrol Read Mode Property Definition Cluster Mode This property indicates whether the controller is part of a cluster configuration SCSI Initiator ID This property displays the SCSI ID of a SCSI controller The Persistent Hot Spare default value is usually 7 You can change the default value in the BIOS In cluster mode the value is 6 or 7 The SCSI ID is not displayed on the PERC 4 IM controllers Use the BIOS on these controllers to identify the SCSI ID The possible values are Enabled The slot corresponding to the hot spare drive is persistent Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare if the drive is qualified to be a hot spare NOTE Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare If the drive contains foreign data it is overwritten Disabled The slot corresponding to the hot spare drive is not persistent If the drive i
284. ode Operational Cache Mode e Virtual Disk e Partition Displays the device map name of the back end disk Displays the total size of the Fluid Cache Disk Displays the configured cache mode for the Fluid Cache disk Possible values are e Write Back Write Through Displays the operational cache mode for the Fluid Cache disk In case there is a single PCIe SSD in the Fluid Cache pool this property is displayed as Write Through irrespective of the Configured Cache mode In case there is no PCle SSD in the Fluid Cache pool or the evaluation license has expired this property is displayed as Pass Through Possible values are e Write Back Write Through e Pass Through Fluid Cache Pool To configure a Fluid Cache pool by adding PCIe SSDs see Add PCIe SSDs to Fluid Cache Pool For removing PCle SSDs from the Fluid Cache pool see Remove PCle SSDs from Fluid Cache Pool Fluid Cache for DAS 77 Table 6 3 Cache Pool Properties Properties Description Cache Pool Size Cache Pool High Availability Cache Store Count Displays the size of the cache pool in GiB The possible options are e True Indicates that the cache pool is write back capable This option is set to True when more than one PCIe SSDs are part of Fluid Cache pool e False Indicates that the cache pool is write through capable This option is set to False when only one PCIe SSDs is part of Fluid Cache pool Displays the
285. odel of the controller On some controllers Storage Management may not be able to obtain the driver or firmware version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable Firmware and driver properties may include 102 Controllers Table 8 1 Firmware and Driver Properties Property Definition Firmware Version Minimum Required Firmware Version Driver Version Minimum Required Driver Version Storport Driver Version This property displays the version of the firmware that is currently installed on the controller NOTE On some controllers Storage Management may not be able to obtain the firmware version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable This property displays the minimum firmware version that is required by Storage Management This property is only displayed if the controller firmware does not meet the minimum requirement The firmware and drivers listed in the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Readme refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the version of the driver that is currently installed on the controller NOTE On some controllers Storage Management may not be able to obtain the driver version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable This property displays the mi
286. og for events indicating why a component has a Warning or Critical status For additional troubleshooting information see lroubleshooting 160 Enclosures and Backplanes Table 9 1 Component Severity Severity Component Status Warning Non critical A probe or other monitoring device has detected a reading for the component that is above or A below the acceptable level The component may still be functioning but it could fail The component may also be functioning in an impaired state Data loss is possible Normal OK The component is working as expected Critical Failure Error The component has either failed or failure is imminent The component requires immediate amp attention and may need to be replaced Data loss may have occurred Enclosure and Backplane Information For information on enclosures and backplanes see the following topics e Enclosures and Backplanes e Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Enclosure and Backplane Components For information on attached components see Physical Disks or Physical Devices Enclosure and Backplane Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about the enclosure or backplane and execute enclosure tasks Enclosure and Backplane Properties The enclosure or backplane properties can vary depending on the model of the controller Enclosure or backplane properties may include Enclosures and Backplanes 161 Table 9 2 Enclosure and Back
287. ollers there are special considerations when implementing RAID 10 on a disk group that has disks of different sizes For more information see Considerations for RAID 10 and 50 on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di Understanding RAID Concepts Related Information e Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance e Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance e Controller supported RAID Levels e Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk e Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 1 Concatenated Concatenated mirror RAID 1 concatenated is a RAID 1 disk group that spans across more than a single pair of physical disks This combines the advantages of concatenation with the redundancy of RAID 1 No striping is involved in this RAID type K NOTE You cannot create a RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk or reconfigure to RAID 1 concatenated with Storage Management You can only monitor a RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk with Storage Management Figure 3 9 RAID 1 Concatenated Understanding RAID Concepts 51 Related Information e Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance e Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance e Controller supported RAID Levels e Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk e Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller Considerations for RAID 10 and 50 on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di
288. omponent and its lower level objects For more information see Determining the Health Status for Storage Components It may be useful to review the Alert Log for events indicating why a component has a Warning or Critical status For additional troubleshooting information see lroubleshooting 184 Connectors Table 10 1 Component Severity Severity Component Status Warning Non critical A probe or other monitoring device A has detected a reading for the component that is above or below the acceptable level The component may still be functioning but it could fail The component may also be functioning in an impaired state Data loss is possible Normal OK The component is working as expected Critical Failure Error The component has either failed or x failure is imminent The component requires immediate attention and may need to be replaced Data loss may have occurred Connector Information For information on the connector see the following topics e Connectors Connector Properties and Tasks Connector Components For information on attached components see Enclosures and Backplanes Connector Properties and Tasks Use this window to view information about the connector and execute connector tasks Connector Properties The connector properties can vary depending on the model of the controller Connector properties may include Connectors 185 Table 10 2 Connector Properties Property D
289. on the physical disk or device For more information see Replace Member Disk and Revertible Hot Spare NOTE You can cancel the copying of data at any time during the execution of this task Non RAID Non RAID disks are exposed to the operating system unlike unconfigured good disks and this enables usage of disk in direct pass through mode Maximum number of non RAID disks that can be supported on H310 controller are 64 You can do the following on this disk e Identify as locate option e Execute blink or unblink operation e Select as a bootable device You cannot do the following on the disk e Force disk offline or online e Select as part of a virtual disk e Assign a hot spare Choose as source or target for rebuild copyback replace member or reconstruct e Spun down to save power e Select as a bootable device Certified This property displays whether or not the physical disk or device is certified by Dell Mirror Set ID This property displays the mirror set ID of the member physical disk or device that has duplicated data from another physical disk or device Capacity This property displays the full capacity of the disk 204 Physical Disks or Physical Devices Property Definition Failure Predicted Progress Encryption Capable Encrypted This property displays whether or not the physical disk or device has received a SMART alert and is therefore predicted to fail For more informat
290. ons you need to create a virtual disk A virtual disk refers to storage created by a RAID controller from one or more physical disks Although a virtual disk may be created from several physical disks it is seen by the operating system as a single disk For more information see What Is RAID Before creating a virtual disk you should be familiar with the information in Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks Storage Management provides wizards to help you create a virtual disk The Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard calculates an appropriate virtual disk layout based on the available space and controller considerations Using the Express Wizard you can quickly create a virtual disk using recommended selections For more information see Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 The Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard allows you to specify the read write and cache policy for the virtual disk You can also select the physical disks and the controller connector to be used You need a good knowledge of RAID levels and hardware to use the Advanced Wizard For more information see Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step of 4 Related sections What Is RAID For information on creating a channel redundant virtual disk see Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown Virtual Disk Task Delete Recontiguring Migrating Virtual Disks Physical Disk or Physical Device Properties and Tasks Reconfiguring Migrating Virtual
291. oot partition resides on the physical disks it may be destroyed You should only assign physical disks that do not contain critical data For more information about global hot spares and the SAS 6 iR see Global Hot Spare Considerations on a SAS 6 iR You should be familiar with the size requirements and other considerations associated with hot spares For more information see the following e Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare e Considerations for Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 1 and CERC 6 I Controllers e Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch S100 and S300 Controllers e Global Hot Spare Considerations on a SAS 6 iR Online and Offline Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features 212 Physical Disks or Physical Devices The Online and Offline tasks only apply to physical disks that are included in a redundant virtual disk and attached to a PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e Si 4e Di 4e DC or 4 Di controller Use the Offline task to deactivate a disk before removing it Use the Online task to reactivate an offline disk In some cases you may want to use the Online task on a failed disk in an attempt to recover data from the disk For more information see Using the Physical Disk Online Command on Select Controllers K NOTE The Online and Offline tasks are not supported on the PERC 4 IM controller or the CERC SATA1
292. operty enables or disables the Dell Auto Idle C feature for additional power saving When enabled it will not affect legacy drives but will enable new generation drives to perform partial RPM Idle C during idle period for additional power savings This property sets the time interval after which the hot spares and unconfigured drives spins down Quality Of Service QOS Enable Quality Of Service Settings Start Time 142 HH MM Controllers Select this check box to set the start time and the time interval for spin up activity at the virtual disk level NOTE This option is available only if the Spin Down Configured Drives option is selected The start time of the battery learn cycle This option is enabled only if the Enable Quality Of Service Settings check box is selected Property Definition Time Interval for The spin up time interval for the battery learn cycle The time Spin Up in Hours interval can range from 1 24 hours To manage physical disk power on unconfigured drives and hot spares 1 Select Enabled for the Spin Down Unconfigured Drives and Spin Down Hot Spares options 2 Click Apply Changes To exit and cancel your changes click Go Back to Previous Page To manage physical disk power through the Customized Power Savings Mode 1 Select the Customized Power Save Mode option 2 Edit the remaining parameters on the Manage Physical Disk Power screen Configure the options in the QOS sect
293. or device is using Possible values are SCSI Small Computer System Interface SAS Serial Attached SCSI SATA Serial Advanced Technology Attachment SATA This property displays the media type of the physical disk or device The possible values are HDD Hard Disk Drive A HDD is a non volatile storage device which stores digitally encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces SSD Solid State Drive An SSD is a data storage device that uses solid state memory to store persistent data Unknown Storage Management is unable to determine the media type of the physical disk or device This property displays how much of the physical disk or device space is being used by the virtual disks on the controller This property is Not Applicable for physical disks or devices attached to non RAID controllers In certain circumstances the Used RAID Disk Space displays a value of zero 0 even though a portion of the physical disk or device is being used This occurs when the used space is 0 005 GB or less The algorithm for calculating the used disk space rounds a figure of 0 005 GB or less to 0 Used disk space that is between 0 006 GB and 0 009 GB is rounded up to 0 01 GB This property displays the amount of available space on the disk This property is Not Applicable for physical disks attached to non RAID controllers This property indicates whether the disk has been assigned as a hot spare This property is No
294. or Indicates the license vendor Product ID Indicates the unique product ID License Indicates the version of license for DAS solution Generation License Node Indicates the number of nodes on which a single Node Limit license can be installed NOTE This field is applicable for a Node license Feature ID Indicates the ID of the Fluid Cache products The default ID for Direct Access Storage is 01 Feature Describes the features of the installed license Description 82 Fluid Cache for DAS To upgrade an existing license use the Apply new license field Click on Browse to select the stored license and click Apply to activate the license You can upgrade the license from evaluation to node Click on Exit Wizard to go back to the Information Configuration page Fluid Cache for DAS 83 84 Fluid Cache for DAS Storage Information and Global Tasks Use this window to view high level information about your system s storage This window also enables you to launch global tasks that affect all controllers attached to the system Storage Properties The Storage tree view object has the following properties Table 7 1 Storage Properties Property Definition Status These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component Severity Normal OK A Warning Non critical g Critical Fatal Smart Thermal This property displays whether thermal shutdown is Shutdown
295. or SATA drives but not both e Each SSD in the CacheCade does not have to be of the same size The CacheCade size is automatically calculated as follows CacheCade size capacity of the smallest SSD the number of SSDs The unused portion of SSD is wasted and can not be used as an additional CacheCade or an SSD based virtual disk CacheCade Using Solid State Drives 289 The total amount of cache pool with a CacheCade is 512 GB If you create a CacheCade which is larger than 512 GB the storage controller still uses only 512 GB The CacheCade is supported only on Dell H710P H800 and H810 controllers with 1 GB NVRAM In a storage enclosure the total number of logical devices including virtual disks and CacheCade s cannot exceed 64 NOTE In order to use CacheCade for the virtual disk the Write and Read policy of the HDD based virtual disk must be set to Write Back or Force Write Back and read policy must be set to Read Ahead or Adaptive Read Ahead For more information about creating a CacheCade see Manage CacheCade 290 CacheCade Using Solid State Drives BIOS Terminology The terminology used by Storage Management can be different from the terminology used in the controller BIOS The following sections show some of these differences BIOS Terms and the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC and 4 Di Controllers Table 17 1 Naming convention differences between Storage Management and PERC BIOS Configuration Utility Stor
296. or logical drive e Virtual disk or logical drive size is smaller than expected If you have created a virtual disk that exceeds the 1TB limitation you should do the following 1 Back up your data Troubleshooting 301 2 Delete the virtual disk 3 Create one or more virtual disks that are smaller than 1TB 4 Restore your data from backup Irrespective of whether your Linux operating system limits the virtual disk size to 1 TB the virtual disk size depends on the version of the operating system and any updates or modifications that you have implemented For more information see your operating system documentation Problems Associated With Using the Same Physical Disks for Both Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks When creating virtual disks you should avoid using the same physical disks for both redundant and non redundant virtual disks This recommendation applies to all controllers Using the same physical disks for both redundant and non redundant virtual disks can result in unexpected behavior including data loss K NOTE SAS controllers do not allow you to create redundant and non redundant virtual disks on the same set of physical disks Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers When Physical Disks are Shared by Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks This section describes behavior that may occur on the CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s controllers if you use the same physical disks
297. ot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch 100 and 300 Controllers Size Requirements for Global Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch S100 and S300 Controllers 0 000005 Dedicated Hot Spare Considerations on CERC SATA1 5 6ch Controllers Global Hot Spare Considerations ona SAS 6 iR 16 CacheCade Using Solid State Drives 2 625 bwin Re eA ee na 17 BIOS Terminology Contents BIOS Terms and the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC and 4 DiControllers BIOS Terms and the CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers 282 18 Troubleshooting 293 Common Troubleshooting Procedures 293 Cables Attached Correctly 293 System Requirements 294 Drivers and Firmware 294 Isolate Hardware Problems 294 Rescan to Update Information on SCSI Controllers 294 Replacing a Failed Disk 295 Replacing a Failed Physical Disk that is Part of a Non Redundant Virtual Disk 296 Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk 00 6 vow gk BAA eae be 297 Resolving Microsoft Windows Upgrade Problems pss g7 eo tow hy id ks Se Bak ich Aes 298 Virtual Disk Troubleshooting 298 A Rebuild Does NotWork 298 A Rebuild Completes with Errors 300 Cannot Create a Virtual Disk 301 A Virtual Disk of Minimum Size is Not
298. out interrupting the system or requiring your intervention Virtual Disks 271 For more information on hot spares including size requirements see Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare For considerations regarding RAID 10 and RAID 50 virtual disks created using the controller BIOS see Dedicated Hot Spare Considerations K NOTE The CERC SATA1 5 2s controller does not support dedicated hot spares To assign a dedicated hot spare 1 Select the disk in the Connector channel or port table that you want to use as the dedicated hot spare On some controllers more than one disk can be selected The disks you have selected as dedicated hot spares are displayed in the Disks currently configured as dedicated hot spare table Click Apply Changes when ready NOTE For PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H710P Adapter PERC H710P Mini Blades PERC H710P Mini Monolithic PERC H800 and PERC H810 Adapter controllers if any of the selected physical drives is in the spun down state a message appears indicating the IDs of the spun down state and the delay in executing tasks on them To unassign a dedicated hot spare 1 2 Click the disk in the Disks currently configured as dedicated hot spare table to unassign it On some controllers more than one disk can be selected Clicking the disk removes the disk from th
299. own menu Click Execute a A WwW N Split Mirror Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features Use the Split Mirror task to separate mirrored data originally configured as a RAID 1 RAID 1 concatenated or RAID 10 virtual disk Splitting a RAID 1 or RAID 1 concatenated mirror creates two concatenated non redundant virtual disks Splitting a RAID 10 mirror creates two RAID 0 striped non redundant virtual disks Data is not lost during this operation K NOTE The Split Mirror task is not supported on the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers doing a Split Mirror on a RAID 1 concatenated virtual disk results in concatenated virtual disks that cannot be subjected to any further modification You cannot reconfigure or add disks to the resulting concatenated virtual disks If you do a Split Mirror on a RAID 1 virtual disk the resulting concatenated virtual disks can be reconfigured back to a RAID 1 virtual disk After you have reconfigured to a RAID 1 virtual disk further reconfiguration may be possible For information on restrictions associated with Virtual Disks 269 concatenated virtual disks on these controllers see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk and Exceptions to One Physical Disk Limitation for Concatenated Virtual Disks on CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 6ch controllers this operation is not supported when usi
300. peratures object Click Set Temperature Probe ao oo Aa Ww N Enclosures and Backplanes 179 180 Enclosures and Backplanes Connectors A controller contains one or more connectors channels or ports to which you can attach disks A connector is externally accessible for attaching an enclosure with external disks to the system A connector may also be attached to the system s backplane for internal disks The controller s connectors are displayed by expanding the controller object in the tree view K NOTE For PCle SSD connectors are referred to as PCle SSD extenders Channel Redundancy and Thermal Shutdown It is possible to create a virtual disk that uses physical disks that are attached to different controller channels The physical disks may reside in an external enclosure or the backplane internal enclosure If the virtual disk is maintaining redundant data on different channels then the virtual disk is channel redundant Channel redundancy means that if one of the channels fails data is not lost because redundant data resides on another channel Channel redundancy might also be used for disks that reside in enclosures subject to thermal shutdown Should the enclosure attached to one of the channels turn off redundant data is maintained on the other channel Channel redundancy is implemented by selecting physical disks on different channels when using the Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard K NOTE Channe
301. perty displays the name assigned to the enclosure You can change this property using the Set Asset Data task This property displays the part number of the enclosure s backplane This property displays the SAS address of the SAS backplane This property displays the part number of the enclosure s split bus module A split bus is indicated by a single triangle symbol on the back of the enclosure This property displays the part number of the enclosure This property displays whether the enclosure s alarm is enabled or disabled Enclosure Tasks To execute a drop down menu enclosure task 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects u OO Oo FS W N Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Select the enclosure object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute 164 Enclosures and Backplanes Drop down Menu Enclosure Tasks e Enable Alarm Enclosure e Disable Alarm Enclosure e Set Asset Data e Blink e Set Temperature Probe Values Available Reports To view a report 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Select the enclosure object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select a report from the Select Report drop down menu Click Execute u Oo Of RAOUN Available Reports e View Slot Occupancy Repo
302. plane Properties Property Definition These icons represent the severity or health of the storage component For more information see Storage Component Severity NOTE If the enclosure is connected to the controller in redundant path mode for more information see Redundant Path A Configuration the loss of connection to any one EMM may cause the enclosure status to be displayed as degraded Name This property displays the name of the enclosure or backplane State This property displays the current status of the enclosure or backplane Possible values are Ready The enclosure or backplane is functioning normally Degraded The enclosure has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state The Degraded state does not apply to backplanes Failed The enclosure or backplane has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Connector This property displays the number of the connector to which the enclosure or backplane is attached This number matches the connector number on the controller hardware Depending on the controller type the connector can be either a SCSI channel or a SAS port Enclosure ID This property displays the enclosure ID assigned to the enclosure by Storage Management Storage Management numbers the enclosures attached to the controller starting with zero This number is the same as the enclosure ID number reported by the omreport Command For information on Command Line Interface see
303. pport dell com manuals To locate this task in Storage Management do one of the following Or 140 Select Storage in the Storage tree On the Storage Dashboard page select Change Controller Properties from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Controllers Select a controller object Select the Information Configuration subtab Select Change Controller Properties from the Controller Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute Related Information Set Rebuild Rate e Set Background Initialization Rate Set Check Consistency Rate Set Reconstruct Rate e Abort check consistency on error e Revertible Hot Spare Loadbalance e Redundant Path Configuration Manage Physical Disk Power Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Manage Physical Disk Power task allows you to manage the power consumed by the physical disks K NOTE The Manage Physical Disk Power task is provided with PERC H700 H800 and H310 cards by spinning down the hot spares and unconfigured disks PERC H710 H710P and H810 cards also support the Manage Physical Disk Power task with additional power saving modes Spin Down Configured Drives and Automatic Disk Power Saving Idle C options You can enable one of the following modes to manage power consumed No Power Savings Mode This is the default mode for the controller In
304. r Be aware that the following considerations apply when creating virtual disks 220 Creating virtual disks on controllers When you create a virtual disk you specify which physical disks are to be included in the virtual disk The virtual disk you create spans the specified physical disks Depending on the size of the virtual disk the virtual disk may not consume all of the space on the physical disks Any leftover space on the physical disks cannot be used for a second virtual disk unless the physical disks are of equal size In addition when the physical disks are of equal size and you can use the leftover space for a second virtual disk this new virtual disk cannot expand to include any physical disks not included in the original virtual disk Virtual Disks Space allocation when deleting and creating virtual disks on controllers When you delete a virtual disk you free up or make available space on the physical disks that were being used by the deleted virtual disk If you have created several virtual disks on a disk group then deleting virtual disks can result in pockets of free space residing in various locations on the physical disks When you create a new virtual disk the controller must decide which free space on the physical disks to allocate to the new virtual disk The PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers look for the largest area of free space and allocate this space to the new virtual disk SCSI
305. r Tasks Table A 12 Connector Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Connector Task Name CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Connector Rescan Yes Yes Physical Disk Tasks Table A 13 Physical Disk Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Physical Disk Task Name CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Blink Unblink No No Assign and Unassign No Yes Global Hot Spare Prepare to Remove No No Offline No No Online No No Initialize Yes Yes Rebuild Yes No Cancel Rebuild No No Remove Dead Disk No Yes Segments Format Disk No No Clear No No Cancel Clear No No 330 Supported Features Virtual Disk Tasks Table A 14 Virtual Disk Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Virtual Disk Task Name CERC SATA 2S CERC SATA 6ch Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Create Virtual Disk Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Rename Blink Unblink Reconfigure Change Policy Split Mirror Unmirror Delete Last Virtual Disk Delete any Virtual Disk Check Consistency Cancel Check Consistency Pause Check Consistency No Resume Check Consistency Cancel Background Initialization BGI Format Virtual Disk Cancel Format Virtual Disk No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Supported Features 331 Table A 14 Virtual Disk T
306. raded One bad block ona_ The controller cannot regenerate physical disk data from peer disks as there is no redundancy This results in a virtual disk bad block RAID 5 Ready One bad block ona_ The controller regenerates data physical disk from peer disks and sends a Write to the bad block The disk then re maps the Logical Block Addressing LBA to another physical location The problem is resolved RAID 5 Degraded One bad block ona_ The controller cannot regenerate physical disk data from peer disks because one drive is missing This results in a virtual disk bad block RAID 5 Ready One bad block on The controller cannot regenerate two physical disks at data from peer disks This results the same location in a virtual disk bad block RAID 6 Partially One bad block ona_ The controller regenerates data degraded one physical disk from peer disks and sends a Write failed missing to the bad block The disk then physical disk re maps the LBA to another physical location The problem is resolved RAID 6 Degraded two One bad block ona The controller cannot regenerate failed missing physical disk data from peer disks This results physical disk in a virtual disk bad block Virtual Disks 233 Table 13 2 Sample Scenarios For Virtual Disk Bad Blocks RAID Level State Scenario Result Virtual Disk RAID 6 Ready One bad block ona_ The controller regenerates data physical disk from peer disks and sends a Write to the bad b
307. rage Management preserves the data written on the preserved or dirty cache until you recover the virtual disk or clear the cache This feature is available only on SAS controllers with firmware version 6 1 and later The status of the controller is affected by the preserved cache The controller status is displayed as degraded if the controller has preserved cache A CAUTION You may not be able to use Storage Management to manage the preserved cache in some cases As an example consider you have a RAID 1 level with two disks D1 and D2 If you now remove D2 the virtual disk is degraded and the data in the controller cache is written to D1 At this point D1 has the latest data Now if you re insert D2 and pull out D1 the virtual disk is still degraded and does not have the latest data Manage Preserved Cache You can discard the preserved cache only if all of the following conditions are met The controller does not have any foreign configuration Select Click for Preview to view details of the foreign configuration See Foreign Configuration Operations e The controller does not have any offline or missing virtual disks If there are offline or missing virtual disks ensure you have a backup of these virtual disks e Cables to any virtual disk are not disconnected 144 Controllers Manage Encryption Key K NOTE To configure encryption you do not require an SED However to create a secure virtual disk you require
308. rary can be obtained from www bosrup com Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products Dell Inc disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own 2013 03 Contents Tt Overview 5 32 cnet pinh ay ide eee 23 What s New inthis Release 23 Before Installing Storage Management 24 Version Requirements for Controller Firmware and Drivers 2 20 2000 24 Supported Controllers 24 Supported Enclosures 26 Support for Disk and Volume Management 26 2 Getting Started 22 25 0e2us oy 24 27 Launching Storage Management 28 Microsoft Windows 28 Linux and any Remote System 28 User Privileges 004 29 Using the Graphical User Interface 29 Storage Object 29 Health Subtab 29 Information Configuration Subtab 29 Drop down Menus and Wizards for Running Tasks 2 30 Using the Storage Management Command Line Interface oau 30 Displaying the OnlineHelp 30 Contents 3 Understanding RAID Concepts 33 WhatIsRAID 33 Hardware and SoftwareRAID 34 RAIDConcepts 04 34 RAIDLevels 2 35 Organizing Data Storage for Availabi
309. re information see Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare The Create Virtual Disk Advanced wizard displays a check box next to each physical disk that is suitable as a dedicated hot spare Select a Physical Disk check box if you want to assign a dedicated hot spare K NOTE If you have selected the Create Encrypted Virtual Disk check box in Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 then only encrypted physical disks are listed as candidates for hot spare The Physical Disk check box is not available if the controller does not have a physical disk that is a suitable hot spare for the virtual disk you are creating For example the available physical disks may be too small to protect the virtual disk If the Physical Disk check box is not available you may need to specify a smaller virtual disk use a different RAID level or change the disk selection Do one of the following e Click Span Edit to edit the spans created in Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 This option is available only if the controller is a SAS controller with firmware 6 1 and later and you selected RAID 10 K NOTE If you click Span Edit Intelligent Mirroring that is already been applied becomes invalid e Click Finish to create the virtual disk with the attributes shown on this screen e Click Go Back To Previous Page to return to Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 3 of 4 if you want to change your selections K
310. ready be a task running on the object that must complete before additional tasks can be run 306 Troubleshooting A Corrupt Disk or Drive Message Suggests Running autocheck During a Reboot Let autocheck run but do not worry about the message The reboot completes after autocheck is finished Depending on the size of your system this may take about ten minutes Erroneous Status and Error Messages after a Windows Hibernation Activating the Windows hibernation feature may cause Storage Management to display erroneous status information and error messages This problem resolves itself when the Windows operating system recovers from hibernation Storage Management May Delay Before Updating Temperature Probe Status In order to display the enclosure temperature and temperature probe status Storage Management polls the enclosure firmware at regular intervals to obtain temperature and status information On some enclosures there is a short delay before the enclosure firmware reports the current temperature and temperature probe status Because of this delay Storage Management may require one or two minutes before displaying the correct temperature and temperature probe status Storage Management May Delay Displaying Storage Devices After Reboot Storage Management requires time after a reboot to find and inventory all attached storage devices You may experience a delay in storage controllers being displayed until this operation has comp
311. reating a channel redundant virtual disk Expand the controller object until the Virtual Disks object is displayed b Select the Virtual Disks object and click Go To Create Virtual Disk Wizard e Click Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Complete Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 This portion of the Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard asks you to select a RAID level When creating a channel redundant virtual disk it is recommended that you select the following RAID levels Connectors Recommended RAID Levels PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di and 4e Di Controllers It is recommended that you only use RAID 10 or RAID 50 3 Complete Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 In this step you select the channels and the disks to be used by the virtual disk The selections you make determine whether or not the virtual disk is channel redundant There are specific RAID level and configuration requirements for implementing channel redundancy You must select the same number of physical disks on each channel that you use For information on the number of physical disks that can be used for different RAID levels see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk For information on controller specific implementations of the RAID levels see Controllet supported RAID Levels To complete Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 2 of 4 see Physical disk Selection for Channel redundant Virtual Disks on PERC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di an
312. reduction in number of available spare sectors If the available spare sectors is less than 10 percent of the original pool the drive enters read only mode Possible values for the device life status are Drive Health Good The drive is used within the TBW specification The drive health is good as sufficient spare blocks are available The drive health status is good if the values for percent lifetime used and write protect progress is less than 100 percent Approaching Warranty Coverage Expiry The drive is reaching the specified TBW indicating that it is close to the end of warranty coverage However the drive will be functional as the number of spare blocks available are still above the threshold for entering the read only mode The drive approaches the warranty coverage expiry if the value for percent lifetime used is greater than or equal to 90 percent and that for write protect progress is less than the threshold value which is 90 percent Warranty Coverage Expired The drive has reached the TBW threshold and met the life expectancy specification The drive will be functional as the number of spare blocks available are still above the threshold for entering the read only mode But the specified data retention period amount of time that data can be read from the drive after TBW is reached will drop if TBW specification is exceeded and the warranty for the drive will expire The warranty coverage for the drive expires if
313. refer to the minimum supported version for these controllers Later versions of the firmware and drivers are also supported For the most recent driver and firmware requirements see support dell com This property displays the number of connectors the controller has Each connector can be attached to physical disks or an enclosure Depending on the controller type the connector can be either a SCSI channel or a SAS port The rebuild rate is the percentage of the system s resources dedicated to rebuilding a failed disk when a rebuild is necessary For more information see Set Rebuild Rate This property displays whether the controller s alarm is enabled or disabled Storage Information and Global Tasks 89 Property Definition Cluster Mode This property indicates whether the controller is part of a cluster configuration SCSI Initiator ID This property displays the SCSI ID of a SCSI controller The default value is 7 You can change the default value in the BIOS Controllers in a cluster configuration should not have duplicate SCSI Initiator IDs For a list of acceptable SCSI Initiator ID values refer to SCSI documentation On some controllers this property is not available In this case this property displays as Not Applicable Storage Components For information on attached controllers see the following topics e Controller Properties and Tasks e Controllers 90 Storage Information and Global Tasks
314. rformed for a physical disk that is used by both redundant and non redundant virtual disks In order to rebuild the redundant virtual disk you need to delete the non redundant virtual disk Before deleting this disk however you can attempt to recover data from the failed physical disk by forcing it back online For more information see Using the Physical Disk Online Command on Select Controllers A physical disk has been removed and the system has not yet attempted to write data to the removed disk In this case the system does not recognize the removal of a physical disk until it attempts a write operation to the disk If the physical disk is part of a redundant virtual disk then the system rebuilds the disk after attempting a write operation This situation applies to PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC and 4 Di controllers Troubleshooting 299 e The virtual disk includes failed or corrupt physical disks This situation may generate alert 2083 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals The rebuild rate setting is too low If the rebuild rate setting is quite low and the system is processing a number of operations then the rebuild may take an unusual amount of time to complete For more information see Set Rebuild Rate e The rebuild was cancelled Another user can cancel a rebuild that you have initiated A Rebuild Completes with Errors
315. ror yc eB ee Se ee ee Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Virtual Disk Task Replace Member Disk Steplof2 20 Virtual Disk Task Replace Member Disk Step 2 08 2 20 06 2 od Ret A ee SS Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disks Enabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions Disabling Fluid Cache on Virtual Disk Partitions 14 Moving Physical and Virtual Disks from One System to Another Required Conditions Migrating SCSI Virtual Disks to Another System Migrating SAS Virtual Disks to Another System 15 Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a PRO ESTO trante oeaan at Sod bison hate Understanding Hot Spares Setting Hot Spare Protection Policy Contents 15 16 Dedicated Hot Spare Protection Policy Resetting the Hot Spare Protection Policy Global Hot Spare Protection Policy Considerations for Hot Spare Protection Poliyen nid Scie a be ee eR GME BN et ed Considerations for Enclosure Affinity Considerations for Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E PERC 6 I and CERC 6 I Controllers Dedicated Hot Spare Considerations Physical Disk State Alert Messages and Hot Spares on PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e DiControllers Considerations for H
316. roups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n 1 disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function Virtual Disks 261 This feature provides better data redundancy and read performance but slower write performance Your system must have at least three disks to use RAID 5 Select RAID 6 for striping with additional parity information This selection groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 2 disks Two sets of parity information is alternately stored on all disks The virtual disk remains functional with up to two disk failures Select RAID 10 for striping over mirror sets This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n 2 disks Data is striped across the replicated mirrored pair disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function The data is read from the surviving mirrored pair disk This feature provides the best failure protection read and write performance Your system must have at least four disks to use RAID 10 2 Type the size for the reconfigured virtual disk in the Size text box The minimum and maximum allowable size is displayed under the Size text box These values reflect the new capacity of the virtual disk after any addition or deletion of physical disks which you may have chosen in Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 1 of 3 K NOTE On the CERC SATA1 5 2s controller you m
317. rt Enable Alarm Enclosure Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Use the Enable Alarm task to enable the enclosure alarm When enabled the audible alarm sounds whenever the fault LED lights This may occur to signal events such as The enclosure temperature has exceeded the warning threshold e A power supply fan or enclosure management module EMM has failed The split bus is not installed A split bus is indicated by a single triangle symbol on the back of the enclosure Enclosures and Backplanes 165 Disable Alarm Enclosure Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Use the Disable Alarm task to disable the enclosure alarm When disabled the alarm does not sound when the enclosure exceeds a warning threshold for temperature or experiences other error conditions such as a failed fan power supply or controller f the alarm is already sounding you can turn it off with this task Set Asset Data Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Use the Set Asset Data task to specify the enclosure s asset tag and asset name For more information see Set Asset Data Blink Does my enclosure support this feature See Supported Features Use the Blink task to blink the light emitting diodes LEDs on the enclosure You may want to use this task to locate an enclosure The LEDs on the enclosure may display different colors and blinking patterns For mor
318. rtual Disk Tasks e Virtual Disk Specifications Supported RAID Levels e Read Write and Disk Cache Policy e Enclosure Support For enclosure supported tasks see Enclosure and Backplane Features Controller Tasks Table A 10 Controller Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Controller Task Name CERC SATA CERC SATA 1 5 2s 1 5 6ch Enable Alarm No Yes Disable Alarm No Yes 328 Supported Features Table A 10 Controller Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers continued Controller Task Name CERC SATA CERC SATA 1 5 2s 1 5 6ch Quiet Alarm No Yes Test Alarm No Yes Reset configuration Yes Yes Set Rebuild Rate No No Set Background No No Initialization Rate Set Check Consistency No No Rate Set Reconstruct Rate No No Rescan Controller Yes Yes Create Virtual Disk Yes Yes Export Log File No Yes Clear Foreign No No Configuration Import Foreign No No Configuration Import Recover Foreign No No Configuration Set Patrol Read Mode No No Start Patrol Read No No Stop Patrol Read No No Battery Tasks Table A 11 Battery Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers Battery Task Name CERC SATA CERC SATA 1 5 2s 1 5 6ch Recondition Battery No No Supported Features 329 Table A 11 Battery Tasks Supported by the CERC SATA Controllers continued Battery Task Name CERC SATA CERC SATA 1 5 2s 1 5 6ch Start Learn Cycle No No Delay Learn Cycle No No Connecto
319. s to either EMM In ports creates the redundant path as long as two cables are used But Redundant Path continues to appear in the field even as the redundant path is removed The redundant path ceases to appear only when it is cleared in the storage management In a daisy chain scenario more than one enclosure can be connected to a controller in a redundant path mode You can connect up to three PowerVault MD1000 and MD1120 to a PERC 6 E controller in a daisy chained enclosure And you can connect up to four PowerVault MD1200 and MD1220 toa 134 Controllers PERC H800 and PERC H810 controller in a daisy chained enclosure For an example of a daisy chain configuration for PERC 6 E controller see Figure 8 1 Figure 8 1 Daisy Chain Configuration SAS Controller co C1 E1 co C1 E2 co C1 E3 If the communication channel between the connector and the first enclosure is lost the redundant path configuration itself is lost In this case the health of the logical connector is displayed as critical Navigate to the Information Configuration subtab of the logical connector to view details of the Path Health For a brief outline of this scenario see Table 8 6 Controllers 135 Table 8 6 Component Health Health of Logical Path between Controller and Enclosure 1 Connector Connector 0 CO Connector 1 C1 Available Available Ava
320. s removed from the slot and any drive is inserted the slot stops function as a hot spare You need to manually assign the drive as a hot spare again Controller Tasks Enables you to configure and manage the controller For more information see Controller Tasks Available Reports Enables you to view Patrol Read report Check Consistency report and Slot Occupancy report For more information see Available Reports Controller Tasks To execute a controller task 1 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects 2 Select a controller object 3 Select the Information Configuration subtab Controllers 111 4 Select a task from the Available Tasks drop down menu 5 Click Execute K NOTE Different controllers support different features For this reason the tasks displayed on the Tasks drop down menu can vary depending on which controller is selected in the tree view If no tasks can be performed because of controller or system configuration limitations then the Tasks drop down menu displays No Task Available Controller Tasks 112 Rescan Controller Create Virtual Disk Enable Alarm Controller Disable Alarm Controller Quiet Alarm Controller Test Alarm Controller Set Rebuild Rate Reset Configuration Export Log Foreign Configuration Operations Importing Foreign Configurations Importing Recovering Foreign Configurations Clear Foreign Configuration Set Background Initialization Rate
321. severity If a controller on the Storage Dashboard displays a Warning or Critical status take the following actions to investigate the cause of the Warning or Critical status e Click Check Alert Log displayed to the right of the controller This link displays the Alert Log Examine the Alert Log for alerts relating to the status of the controller and its lower level components The Check Alert Log link is only displayed when the controller displays a Warning or Critical status Quick Access to Storage Status and Tasks 57 e Select the controller and investigate the status of the lower level components For more information see Storage Component Severity e Click the virtual disk that is in degraded state to display the Physical Disk Properties page K NOTE The virtual disk link is displayed only if the physical disks that are part of the virtual disk are in a Warning or Critical state For more information on how the status of lower level components is rolled up into the status displayed for the controller see Determining the Health Status for Storage Components Hot Spare Protection Policy The Set Hot Spare Protection Policy task allows you to set or modify the number of hot spares to be assigned to the virtual disks Once you set the number of assigned hot spares any deviation from the protection policy threshold triggers an alert based on the severity level you set For more information see Setting Hot Spare Protection
322. should be allowed to run to completion If cancelled the background initialization automatically restarts within 0 to 5 minutes Some processes such as read and write operations are possible while the background initialization is running Other processes such as creating a virtual disk cannot be run concurrently with a background initialization These processes cause the background initialization to cancel Non RAID Controller Description The non RAID SCSI and SAS controllers are non RAID controllers that support SCSI and SAS devices Because these controllers are non RAID they do not support virtual disks You can manage these non RAID controllers and their attached SCSI and SAS devices with Storage Management K NOTE Supported features may vary from controller to controller Non RAID SCSI Controllers The LSI PCI e U320 non RAID controllers use Small Computer System Interface SCSI technology The ITA for LSI PCI e U320 SCSI non RAID controllers is supported in this release Non RAID SAS Controllers The following non RAID controllers use Serial Attached SCSI SAS technology Controllers 101 SAS 5 i Integrated SAS 5 E SAS 6Gbps Adapter Firmware Driver Versions Use this window to view information about the controller firmware and drivers For more information on firmware and drivers see Before Installing Storage Management Firmware Driver Properties The firmware and driver properties can vary depending on the m
323. sical Disk e Resolving Microsoft Windows Upgrade Problems Cables Attached Correctly Verify that the power supply cord and adapter cables are attached correctly If the system is having trouble with read and write operations to a particular virtual disk or non RAID physical disk if the system hangs for example then make sure that the cables attached to the corresponding enclosure or backplane are secure If the connection is secure but the problem persists you may need to replace a cable Also see Isolate Hardware Problems On SAS controllers you should verify that the cable configuration is valid Refer to the SAS hardware documentation for valid cable configurations If the cable configuration is invalid you may receive alerts 2182 or 2356 For information on Alert Messages see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Messages Reference Guide at support dell com manuals Troubleshooting 293 System Requirements Make sure that the system meets all system requirements In particular verify that the correct levels of firmware and drivers are installed on the system For more information on drivers and firmware see Drivers and Firmware Drivers and Firmware Storage Management is tested with the supported controller firmware and drivers In order to function properly the controller must have the minimum required version of the firmware and drivers installed The most current versions can be obtained from support dell com
324. side of the mirror can act as the operational side A mirrored RAID disk group is comparable in performance to a RAID 5 disk group in read operations but faster in write operations Striping Disk striping writes data across all physical disks in a virtual disk Each stripe consists of consecutive virtual disk data addresses that are mapped in fixed size units to each physical disk in the virtual disk using a sequential pattern For example if the virtual disk includes five physical disks the stripe writes data to physical disks one through five without repeating any of the physical disks The amount of space consumed by a stripe is the same on each physical disk The portion of a stripe that resides on a physical disk is a stripe element Striping by itself does not provide data redundancy Striping in combination with parity does provide data redundancy 34 Understanding RAID Concepts Stripe size The total disk space consumed by a stripe not including a parity disk For example consider a stripe that contains 64KB of disk space and has 16KB of data residing on each disk in the stripe In this case the stripe size is 64KB and the stripe element size is 16KB Stripe element A stripe element is the portion of a stripe that resides on a single physical disk Stripe element size The amount of disk space consumed by a stripe element For example consider a stripe that contains 64KB of disk space and has 16KB of data residin
325. sk however any portion of larger physical disks that are not consumed by the virtual disk become unusable Therefore there is no data on the unused portion of a larger disk that needs to be rebuilt A redundant virtual disk is also either striped or mirrored in equal portions across its member physical disks The amount of data requiring a rebuild is therefore not larger than the smallest physical disk A RAID 10 or 50 virtual disk may include spans that have physical disks of different sizes In this case you should identify the span that has the largest small physical disk The hot spare should be large enough to rebuild this physical disk For example if one span has three physical disks that are 60 MB 60 MB and 40 MB and another span has physical disks that are 60 MB 60 MB and 50 MB then the hot spare must be 50 MB or larger 284 Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare A dedicated hot spare can only be assigned to the set of virtual disks that share the same physical disks A global hot spare is assigned to all redundant virtual disks on the controller A global hot spare must be the same size or larger as the smallest physical disk included in any virtual disk on the controller After you have assigned a global hot spare any new virtual disks created on the controller is not protected by the hot spare in either of the following circumstances e The controller is a SCSI controller and the partition size of the di
326. sk is larger than the global hot spare e The controller is a SAS controller and the disk size is larger than the global hot spare In this case you can unassign the global hot spare after creating a new virtual disk and then assign a new and larger hot spare to cover all redundant virtual disks on the controller To determine whether the controller is using SCSI or SAS technology see RAID Controller Technology SCSI SATA ATA and SAS On the PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers the virtual disk state is not updated until the controller performs an I O operation This means that when a redundant virtual disk is degraded on one of these controllers the hot spare is not activated until the controller performs an I O operation For more information see I O and Reboot Requirements for Detecting Physical Disk Status Changes Dedicated Hot Spare Considerations The following considerations apply to dedicated hot spares e Considerations for RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 If you have created a RAID 10 or RAID 50 virtual disk that does not fully consume its member physical disks then you cannot assign a dedicated hot spare to the RAID 10 or RAID 50 virtual disk Storage Management does not allow you to create RAID 10 and RAID 50 virtual disks from partial physical disks You therefore do not encounter this situation if you use Storage Management to create your virtual disks If however the RAID 10 or 50 virtual disk w
327. sk with a total capacity of n 2 disks Data is striped across the replicated mirrored pair disks When a Virtual Disks 251 252 disk fails the virtual disk continues to function The data is read from the surviving mirrored pair disk This feature provides the best failure protection read and write performance Your system must have at least four disks to use RAID 10 For PERC controllers with firmware version 6 and above RAID 10 also allows to create a single span virtual disk with 22 or 26 physical drives Intelligent Mirroring Automatically calculates the span composition based on the physical disks you select Spans are not displayed on this screen Select Continue to view the span grouping on the Summary screen Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 4 of 4 Storage Management calculates the optimum span composition in the following manner e Determining span calculation Calculating the number of disks that can be utilized from the selected disks Maximizing the number of spans in order to increase the I O performance e Determining the mirror for the physical disks The mirror is determined in a way that ensures maximum possible redundancy The algorithm also tries to match a physical disk for its mirror to a disk that is closest to it in size However Intelligent Mirroring gives priority to size over redundancy The algorithm determines the candidate mirror in the following order e Across connec
328. splayed Controllers 145 Encryption Key The controller uses the Encryption Key to lock or unlock access to Self Encryption Disks SEDs You can create only one Encryption Key for each encryption capable controller If you are using Local Key Management LKM you must create the Encryption Key by providing the Encryption Key Identifier and the Passphrase Encryption Key Identifier An Encryption Key Identifier is a user supplied text label for the Passphrase The identifier helps you determine which Passphrase to enter during authentication for import of foreign encrypted SED drives Passphrase A Passphrase is a user supplied string that the controller uses to create the Encryption Key For more information on creating an Encryption Key see Manage Encryption Key K NOTE For more Encryption Key and Passphrase guidelines click the i icon on the Manage Encryption Key screen Creating an Encryption Key and Enabling LKM To create an Encryption Key on the selected controller 1 Select the Enable Local Key Management LKM option 2 Enter an Encryption Key Identifier An Encryption Key Identifier can contain numerals lowercase alphabets uppercase alphabets non alphanumeric characters or a combination of any of these K NOTE For the Encryption Key Identifier and Passphrase guidelines click the i icon on the screen 3 Enter a Passphrase A Passphrase must contain at least one numeral one lowercase alphabet on
329. st assign to the generated alert if the Global Hot Spare policy is violated Consider Global Storage Management considers the Global Hot Spare policy to Hot Spare Policy determine the status of the virtual disk when determining The status of the virtual disk is determined by the severity Virtual Disk status level you specify for this policy K NOTE When assigning a global hot spare consider a physical disk that has higher capacity which can replace any failed disk in the controller Considerations for Hot Spare Protection Policy The dedicated hot spare protection policy is not applicable to SCSI SAS iR PERC H200 and CERC SATA 6ch 2s controllers RAID 0 does not support assigning hot spares Also the protection policy is not applicable for RAID 0 For SAS iR and PERC H200 family of controllers you can assign only two global hot spares If the status of the virtual disk is displayed as Degraded or Failed because of the hot spare protection policy violation you must assign the required number of hot spares as defined in the protection policies for the status to be displayed as normal Hot Spare Protection Policy is not applicable to PERC S100 S110 and 5300 controllers Considerations for Enclosure Affinity Enclosure affinity settings for dedicated hot spare are applicable only on PERC 5 and PERC 6 family of controllers Protecting Your Virtual Disk with a Hot Spare 283 e Enclosure affinity settings for a
330. stics Groups n n disks as one virtual disk with the capacity of n disks The controllers currently supported by Storage Management allow the selection of two disks when creating a RAID 1 Because these disks are mirrored the total storage capacity is equal to one disk Data is replicated on the two disks When a disk fails the virtual disk still works The data is read from the failed disk s mirror Better read performance but slightly slower write performance Redundancy for protection of data RAID 1 is more expensive in terms of disk space since twice the number of disks are used than required to store the data without redundancy Understanding RAID Concepts 41 Related Information Organizing Data Storage for Availability and Performance Comparing RAID Level and Concatenation Performance Controller supported RAID Levels Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller RAID Level 5 Striping with distributed parity RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information Rather than dedicating a physical disk to parity however the parity information is striped across all physical disks in the disk group Figure 3 4 Striping Disks with Distributed Parity 42 Understanding RAID Concepts RAID 5 Characteristics Groups n disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of n 1 disks Redundant information parity is altern
331. t Applicable for physical disks attached to non RAID controllers This property displays the disk s hardware vendor This property displays the disk s product ID This property displays the disk s revision number Physical Disks or Physical Devices Property Definition Serial No This property displays the disk s serial number Part Number This property displays the Piece Part Identification PPID of Negotiated Speed the physical drive This property displays the speed of data transfer that the disk negotiated while spinning up and upon initial communication with the controller This speed is dependent on the speed of the disk the capable speed of the controller the current speed of the controller on that connector and the speed of the EMM Enclosure Management Module on the enclosure Capable Speed T device can transfer data Manufacture Day T his property dis his property dis physical disk was Manufacture This property dis Week physical disk was Manufacture Year This property dis manufactured SAS Address T T plays the highest possible speed that the plays the day of the month during which the manufactured plays the week of the year during which the manufactured plays the year that the physical disk was his property displays the SAS address of the physical disk he SAS address is unique to each SAS disk Physical Disk or Physical Device Tasks To execute a physi
332. t run time and result If the Consistency Check fails it provides the reason for the failure To locate this task in Storage Management 1 Click Storage to view the dash board 2 Select View Check Consistency Report from the Select Report drop down menu 3 Click Execute Slot Occupancy Report Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The View Slot Occupancy Report task allows you to view empty and occupied slot details of all enclosures and back planes It provides a diagram that represents the occupancy of physical drive slots Move the mouse over each slot to view details such as physical disk ID state and size 152 Controllers Controllers 153 154 Controllers Enclosures and Backplanes Physical disks can be contained in an enclosure or attached to the system s backplane An enclosure is attached to the system externally while the backplane and its physical disks are internal Backplanes You can view the Backplane object by expanding the controller and Connector object in the Storage Management tree view Storage Management displays the status of the backplane and attached physical disks Although a backplane is similar to an enclosure in that it is attached to a controller connector and has physical disks it does not have the management features temperature probes alarms and so on associated with external enclosures Enclosures Storage Management enables management of various
333. t support for Fluid Cache helps in e Managing Fluid Cache license e Configuring cache pool e Enabling cache for virtual disks behind a PERC controller The supported PERC controllers are H710 H710P and H810 e Monitoring cache pool usage and read write performance of the Fluid Cache disks Fluid Cache for DAS technology uses Dell Express Flash PCIe SSDs in supported Dell PowerEdge systems and provides read and write flash cache Fluid Cache Pool comprises of the set of PCIe SSDs that forms the shared distributed cache resource Fluid Cache Disks is a new logical device created as a result of enabling the Fluid Cache on virtual disk or its partitions The new Fluid Cache Disk must be used for all data access following Fluid Cache enablement as opposed to accessing the Virtual Disk or its partitions directly The new Fluid Cache Disk dev fldcx created as a result of enabling Fluid Cache on the Virtual disk MUST be used for all data access moving forward Any additional data access to the corresponding Virtual Disk dev sdx or its partitions being cached may lead to data corruption For more information see the Dell Fluid Cache For DAS User s Guide On the left hand side of the Storage Management page click Storage gt Fluid Cache From the Options menu Fluid Cache for DAS 75 Connect Fluid Cache Click to refresh the Fluid Cache node information for Fluid Cache Disks and License The Sub System Information Fluid Ca
334. t to use the Slow Initialize task if you have had trouble with a physical disk or suspect that it has bad disk blocks The Slow Initialize task remaps bad blocks and writes zeroes to all disk blocks The Slow Initialize task initializes one physical disk at a time Each physical disk displays the Clear state while being initialized During the time that the physical disk is in the Clear state the Cancel Clear physical disk task is available Performing a Cancel Clear task on the physical disk causes the Slow Initialize task to be cancelled for the entire virtual disk and all member physical disks For more information see Clear Physical Disk and Cancel Clear Virtual Disks 265 Formatting or Initializing a Disk To format or initialize a disk 1 Review the virtual disk that is destroyed by the Format or Initialize and make sure that vital data is not lost Click Blink at the bottom of the screen to blink the physical disks included in the virtual disk 2 Depending on the task you are initiating click the following button when ready Format Initialize Slow Initialize Fast Initialize To exit without formatting or initializing the virtual disk click Go Back To Virt ual Disk Page To locate this task in Storage Management 266 1 2 3 4 5 Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Sele ct the Virtual Disks object Depending on the task you want to
335. tenated virtual disk results in a concatenated virtual disk that cannot be subjected to any further modification You cannot reconfigure or add disks to the resulting concatenated virtual disk If you do an Unmirror on a RAID 1 virtual disk the resulting concatenated virtual disk can be reconfigured back to a RAID 1 virtual disk After you have reconfigured to a RAID 1 virtual disk further reconfiguration may be possible K NOTE This operation is not supported when using a dynamic virtual disk with a CERC SATA1 5 6ch controller K NOTE On Linux an Unmirror cannot be performed on a mounted virtual disk To Unmirror Click Unmirror To exit without unmirroring click Go Back To Virtual Disk Page A CAUTION Your virtual disk is longer redundant To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Select the Virtual Disks object Select Unmirror from the Available Tasks drop down menu Click Execute a FF WwW N Related Information Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features A dedicated hot spare is an unused backup disk that is assigned to a single virtual disk When a physical disk in the virtual disk fails the hot spare is activated to replace the failed physical disk with
336. the value for percent lifetime used is equal to 100 percent and that for write protect progress is less than 100 percent 68 PCI Express Solid State Device Support Table 5 3 Physical Device Properties Properties Description Driver Version Device Life Remaining Revision Model Number Capacity Vendor ID Product ID Serial No Negotiated Speed Approaching Read Only The drive is running out of spare sectors and is reaching the read only mode However the health status of the drive is good and data retention is unaffected The drive is stated to be approaching the read only mode if the value for percent lifetime used is less than 100 percent and that for write protect progress is greater than or equal to 90 percent Read Only The drive is in read only mode Users must save open files if any to another device and replace or remove the device If this scenario occurs within three years of the device installation this failure is covered under warranty The drive is in read only mode if the value for percent lifetime used is less than 100 percent and that for write protect progress is equal to 90 percent Displays the version of the driver that is currently installed on the sub system NOTE On some sub systems Storage Management may not be able to obtain the driver version In this case Storage Management displays Not Applicable Displays the wear out percentage of the PCIe SSD Displays the curre
337. this mode all power saving features are disabled e Balanced Power Savings Mode provides good power savings while limiting I O latency e Maximum Power Savings Mode provides maximum power savings for all drives Controllers 141 Customized Power Savings Mode provides the option for you to customize the power savings settings The default values are populated when you select this power mode You can select or deselect the features you want to enable To enable the Quality of Service QoS feature select the Customized Power Savings Mode and then select Enable for the Spin Down Configured Drives option You can use the Quality of Service QoS to customize power saving on configured drives by setting the Start Time and Time interval to spin up The following table displays the properties in the Manage Physical Disk Power option Table 8 8 Manage Physical Disk Power Properties Property Definition Spin Down Unconfigured Drives Spin Down Hot Spares Spin Down Configured Drives Automatic Disk Power Saving Idle C Time Interval for Spin Down The Enabled option spins down the unconfigured disks if they are unattended for a specified interval of time The Enabled option spins down the hot spares if no read write operation takes place on the hot spare in a specified interval of time The Enabled option spins down the configured disks if they are unattended for a specified interval of time This pr
338. titions as hot spares Physical Disks or Physical Devices 211 K NOTE On PERC S100 and S300 controllers if there is free space available on the global hot spare it continues to function as a spare even after replacing a failed physical disk See Considerations for Hot Spares on CERC SATA1 5 6ch 100 and 300 Controllers Global hot spares must be assigned and unassigned manually They are not assigned to specific virtual disks If you want to assign a hot spare to a virtual disk it replaces any physical disk that fails in the virtual disk then use the Assign and Unassign Dedicated Hot Spare K NOTE When deleting virtual disks all assigned global hot spares may be automatically unassigned when the last virtual disk associated with the controller is deleted When the last virtual disk of a disk group is deleted all assigned dedicated hot spares automatically become global hotspares K NOTE For PERC H310 H700 H710 H710P H800 and H810 controllers if any of the drives you selected is in the spun down state the following message is displayed The current physical drive is in the spun down state Executing this task on this drive takes additional time because the drive needs to spun up A CAUTION The SAS 6 iR controller enables you to assign two physical disks as global hot spare Assigning a physical disk as a global hot spare on a SAS 6 iR controller is likely to cause data loss from the physical disk If the system or b
339. torage Configuration Changes The Rescan task scans the storage attached to the controller s connectors channels or ports to verify the currently connected devices or to recognize devices that have been added to or removed from the connectors When you do a rescan on a controller object all storage attached to the controller is rescanned Performing a rescan causes the controller to recognize changes in the storage configuration such as adding or removing physical disks from a virtual disk or changing a RAID level You may want to rescan in the following situations e To see new disks attached to the controller e To make the operating system recognize a virtual disk e To make Storage Management display a new virtual disk e After expanding a virtual disk you may need to rescan the controller so that the virtual disk can use the additional disk space e To update the status of an offline disk e To display updated information in a clustered configuration after a failover of cluster resources K NOTE For SCSI controller based systems if you want to rescan all controllers perform the procedure in Global Rescan If you want to rescan only the components attached to a particular controller perform the procedure in Rescan Controller K NOTE Clicking the Refresh button in the right pane refreshes only the right pane To view the new physical disk in the left pane tree view click the system name displayed at the top of the l
340. tors at the same level of enclosure and of same size e Across connectors in the enclosure that are not at the same level but of same size e Across enclosures connected to same connector and to a disk of same size e Within the enclosure with a physical disk of acceptable size difference e Across connectors at the same level of enclosure and of acceptable size difference Virtual Disks IN e Across connectors in the enclosure that are not at the same level of the enclosure but with a physical disk of acceptable size difference If the size difference is not acceptable the disk is not mirrored and hence dropped from the span and number of span and disk in the span is recalculated NOTE It is recommended that you use Intelligent Mirroring to create RAID 10 across enclosures for simple and optimum configuration NOTE To view the redundancy across enclosures achieved through Intelligent Mirroring click the virtual disk and view the physical disk IDs in each span which are from alternate enclosures Select RAID 50 to implement striping across more than one span of physical disks RAID 50 groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 1 disks where s is the number of spans and n is the number of disks within each span Select RAID 60 to implement striping across more than one RAID 6 span RAID 60 Groups n s disks as one large virtual disk with a capacity of s n 2 disks where s is the number of spans and n
341. tures 355 Table A 33 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Virtual Disk PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC PERC H310 Specification H800 H810 H700 H710 H710 H710P Adapter M Adapter Adapter l Mini Adapter Adapter ini ntegrate Blade Mini Blade Min d Modul Monolithi i ar c Monolithic Maximum Physical 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Disks in a RAID 1 Maximum Number 32 32 32 32 32 32 16 of Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Maximum Number 256 256 16 NA 16 16 16 of Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Maximum Number 256 256 256 NA 256 256 16 of Physical Disks in a RAID 50 Minimum Number NA NA NA NA NA NA NA of Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Minimum Number 1 l l 1 l l 2 of Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Minimum Number 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 of Physical Disks in a RAID 1 Minimum Number 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 of Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Minimum Number 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 of Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Minimum Number 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 of Physical Disks in a RAID 50 356 Supported Features Table A 33 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC Hardware Controllers continued Virtual Disk Specification PERC H800 PERC PERC PERC H810 H700 H710 Adapter Adapter l Mini PERC PERC PERC H310 H710 H710P Adapter M Adapter Adapter ini physical disks in a RAID 60 ntegrate Blade Mini Blade Min d Modul Monolithi i ar c Monolithic Maximum number of 32 32 32 32 32
342. ual Disk Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers e Problems Associated With Using the Same Physical Disks for Both Redundant and Non Redundant Virtual Disks e Virtual Disk Considerations on Linux e Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk e Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller e Calculation for Maximum Virtual Disk Size and the Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Virtual Disks 219 You may also want to review the following sections A RAID Controller Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy Understanding Hot Spares Controller supported Stripe Sizes Rescan to Update Storage Configuration Changes Time Delay in Displaying Configuration Changes NOTE In addition to this document review the hardware documentation that is provided with the controllers Reviewing the hardware documentation along with this document may provide a better understanding of the controller limitations Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers In addition to the considerations described in this section you should also be aware of the controller limitations described in Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk for the following controllers PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si 4e Di PERC 5 E PERC 5 i PERC 6 E and PERC 6 I PERC H310 Adapter PERC H310 Mini Monolithic and PERC H310 Mini Blades PERC H700 PERC H710 Adapter PERC H710 Mini Blades PERC H710 Mini Monolithic PERC H800 PERC H810 Adapte
343. ub system ID number reported by the omreport Command For information on Command Line Interface see the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Command Line Interface User s Guide at support dell com manuals NOTE In CLI commands the PCle sub system ID is displayed as the controller ID Name This property displays the name of the sub system State This property displays the current status of the sub system Possible values are Ready tThe sub system is functioning normally Degraded The sub system has encountered a failure and is operating in a degraded state Failed The sub system has encountered a failure and is no longer functioning Number of This property displays the number of Extender Cards the sub Extender Cards system has Each Extender Card can be attached to physical disks or an enclosure The Extender Card should be a PCIe SSD port Available Reports Enables you to view the Slot Occupancy report For more information see Available Reports 66 PCI Express Solid State Device Support PCle Extender Cards The PCIe Extender Card is attached to the backplane of the system and provides PCIe connectivity for upto four PCIe SSD devices at the front of the chassis K NOTE The PCle Extender Card does not have any properties or tasks Table 5 2 lists the PCIe Extender Card Properties Table 5 2 PCle Extender Card Properties Properties Description Name This property displays the name of the Extender Car
344. um Warning Threshold text box The text box label indicates the range that you can specify 5 Click Apply Changes If you want to return the temperature probe s Warning threshold to the default values select the Reset to default values button and click Apply Changes The default values are displayed in the Minimum Warning Threshold and Maximum Warning Threshold text boxes NOTE On some enclosures Storage Management may experience a short delay before displaying the current enclosure temperature and temperature probe status For more information see Storage Management May Delay Before Updating Temperature Probe Status To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Storage tree object to display the controller objects Expand a controller object Expand a Connector object Select the enclosure object Select the Information Configuration subtab out Aa U N Select Set Temperature Probe Values from the Available Tasks drop down menu 7 Click Execute View Slot Occupancy Report Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The View Occupancy Slot Report task allows you to view empty and occupied slot details of the selected enclosure It provides a diagram that represents the occupancy of physical drive slots Move the mouse over each slot to view details such as physical disk ID state and size 170 Enclosures and Backplanes To locate this task in Storage Management Expand the Stor
345. umber of 8 8 8 Virtual Disks per Controller Minimum Virtual Disk Size 100MB 100MB 100MB Supported Features 369 Table A 49 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC 100 PERC S110 and S300 Controllers Virtual Disk Specification PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC S300 Maximum Virtual Disk None None None Size Maximum Number of NA NA NA Spans per Virtual Disk Maximum Number of NA NA NA Physical Disks per Span Minimum Stripe Size 64k 64k 64k Maximum Stripe Size 64k 64k 64k Maximum Number of 8 8 8 Virtual Disks per Physical Disk Maximum Number of NA NA NA Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Maximum Number of 8 8 8 Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Maximum Physical Disks 2 2 2 ina RAID 1 Maximum Number of 8 8 8 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Maximum Number of 4 4 4 Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Minimum Number of NA NA NA Physical Disks that Can Be Concatenated Minimum Number of 2 2 2 Physical Disks in a RAID 0 Minimum Number of 2 2 2 Physical Disks in a RAID 1 370 Supported Features Table A 49 Virtual Disk Specifications for the PERC S100 PERC 110 and S300 Controllers Virtual Disk Specification PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC S300 Minimum Number of 3 3 3 Physical Disks in a RAID 5 Minimum Number of 4 4 4 Physical Disks in a RAID 10 Supported RAID Levels Table A 50 RAID Levels Supported by the PERC S100 PERC S110 and S300 Controllers RAID Level PERC S100 PERC S110 PERC S3
346. upported RAID Levels 371 Read Write Cache and Disk Cache Policy 371 Enclosure Support 372 20 Contents Supported Features on the Non RAID Controllers Controller Tasks 004 Battery Tasks 2 0 sed wee oe de Connector Tasks 4 Physical Disk Tasks 2 00048 Virtual Disk Tasks Enclosure Support Enclosure and Backplane Features Enclosure and Backplane Tasks Enclosure and Backplane Support for Smart Thermal Shutdown Maximum Supported Configuration 20 Determining the Health Status for Storage Components 3 Health Status Rollup Battery is Charging or Dead oe bw ee ee be eR RS Rea es Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Failed orRemoved Health Status Rollup Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are Unsupported Partially or Permanently Degraded Health Status Rollup All Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Health Status Rollup Some Physical Disks in a Virtual Disk are in Foreign State Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Degraded Physical Disks are Failed or Rebuilding Health Status Rollup Virtual Disk is Failed Contents 21 22 Contents Health Status Rollup Unsupported Firmware Version fee en db phe b
347. ust specify the maximum virtual disk size K NOTE The PERC 4 SC 4 DC 4e DC 4 Di 4e Si and 4e Di controllers do not allow you to change or reconfigure the virtual disk size K NOTE The PERC S100 and S300 controllers do not allow you to change the RAID level 3 Click Continue to go to the next screen or Exit Wizard if you want to cancel To Reconfigure a Virtual Disk Expand Virtual Disk Capacity Step 2 of 3 1 Enter the percentage of the free disk size available by which you want to expand the virtual disk capacity The screen displays the maximum free size available and the description of the selected RAID level 2 Click Continue to go to the next screen or click Exit Wizard if you want to cancel 262 Virtual Disks Virtual Disk Task Reconfigure Step 3 of 3 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features This screen enables you to review your changes before completing the virtual disk reconfiguration To Reconfigure a Virtual Disk Step 3 of 3 1 Review your changes The New Virtual Disk Configuration table displays the changes you have made to the virtual disk The Previous Virtual Disk Configuration displays the original virtual disk prior to reconfiguration 2 Click Finish to complete the virtual disk reconfiguration To exit without changing the original virtual disk click Exit Wizard K NOTE On some controllers performing a Rescan while a reconfiguration is in progress causes the v
348. virtual disk size is limited to ITB Before creating a virtual disk that is larger than 1TB you should make sure that your operating system supports this virtual disk size Virtual Disks 223 The support provided by your operating system depends on the version of the operating system and any updates or modifications that you have implemented In addition you should investigate the capacity of your peripheral devices to support a virtual disk that is larger than 1TB For more information see your operating system and device documentation Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk There are limitations on the number of physical disks that can be included in the virtual disk These limitations depend on the controller When creating a virtual disk controllers support a certain number of stripes and spans methods for combining the storage on physical disks Because the number of total stripes and spans is limited the number of physical disks that can be used is also limited The limitations on stripes and spans affect the possibilities for concatenation and RAID levels as follows e Maximum number of spans affects concatenation RAID 10 RAID 50 and RAID 60 e Maximum number of stripes affects RAID 0 RAID 5 RAID 50 RAID 6 and RAID 60 e Number of physical disks in a mirror is always 2 This affects RAID 1 and RAID 10 In the case of RAID 50 and RAID 60 you can use a greater number of physical disks than is possible for the oth
349. wn drive s e Click Go Back To Previous Page to return to Create Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 if you want to change your selections e Click Exit Wizard to cancel the virtual disk Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The Create Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard allows you to specify the read write and cache policy for the virtual disk You can also select the physical disks and the controller connector to be used You need a good knowledge of RAID levels and hardware to use the Advanced Wizard Before creating a virtual disk you should be familiar with the information in Considerations Before Creating Virtual Disks You may also want to review Choosing RAID Levels and Concatenation 250 Virtual Disks If you want to have the wizard choose a recommended virtual disk configuration for you click Go To Express Wizard To Create a Virtual Disk Advanced Wizard Step 1 of 4 Click the radio button to select the correct RAID level 1 Depending on the controller Concatenated enables you to combine the storage capacity of several disks or to create a virtual disk using only a single physical disk For information on the number of disks supported by Concatenated see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Using Concatenated does not provide data redundancy nor does it affect the read and write performance Select RAID 0 for striping This sel
350. wn selections for the virtual disk configuration click Go To Advanced Wizard To Create a Virtual Disk Express Wizard Step 1 of 2 Click the radio button to select the correct RAID level 1 Depending on the controller Concatenated enables you to combine the storage capacity of several disks or to create a virtual disk using only a single physical disk For information on whether the controller supports a single physical disk or two or more when using Concatenated see Number of Physical Disks per Virtual Disk Using Concatenated does not provide data redundancy nor does it affect the read and write performance Select RAID 0 for striping This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n disks Data is stored to the disks alternately so that they are evenly distributed Data redundancy is not available in this mode Read and write performance is enhanced Select RAID 1 for mirroring disks This selection groups two disks together as one virtual disk with a capacity of one single disk The data is replicated on both disks When a disk fails the virtual disk continues to function This feature provides data redundancy and good read performance but slightly slower write performance Your system must have at least two disks to use RAID 1 Select RAID 5 for striping with distributed parity This selection groups n disks together as one large virtual disk with a total capacity of n 1 disks When
351. wser s menu bar The new physical disk or physical device should be displayed in the tree view after refreshing the display If the new disk is not displayed restart the computer Physical Disks or Physical Devices Related Information If you are replacing a disk that is part of a virtual disk see Replacing a Failed Disk If you want to include the new disk in a virtual disk see Virtual Disk Considerations for Controllers or Virtual Disk Considerations for CERC SATA1 5 6ch and CERC SATA1 5 2s Controllers How to Avoid Removing the Wrong Disk You can avoid removing the wrong disk by blinking the LED display on the disk that you want to remove For information on blinking the LED display See Blink and Unblink Physical Disk to blink the LED display on a physical disk See Blink and Unblink Virtual Disk to blink the LED display on all physical disks included in a particular virtual disk If you have already removed the wrong disk see Recovering from Removing the Wrong Physical Disk Replacing a Physical Disk Receiving SMART Alerts SMART alerts are messages predicting that a disk may fail in the near future If a physical disk is receiving SMART alerts you should replace the disk Use the following procedures to replace a disk receiving SMART alerts If the disk is part of a redundant virtual disk 1 A Select the redundant virtual disk that includes the physical disk that is receiving SMART alerts and perform
352. xpanded to display an enclosure or backplane and the attached physical disks A Connector object that cannot be expanded in the tree view is an open connector not currently attached to storage Storage Management displays a number for each connector These numbers correspond to the connector numbers on the controller hardware You can use these numbers to identify which open connector displayed in the tree view is the open connector on the controller hardware Checking the Enclosure s Temperature Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features To check the enclosure s temperature 1 Expand the tree view until the Temperatures object is displayed 2 Select the Temperatures object The temperature reported by the temperature probe is displayed in Celsius in the Reading column in the right pane For information related to the enclosure s temperature see the following e Enclosure Temperature Probes e Set Temperature Probe Values e Temperature Probe Properties and Tasks e SMART Thermal Shutdown does not apply to the LSI PCI e U320 controllers Enclosures and Backplanes 167 Verifying the Enclosure s EMM Firmware Version Does my controller support this feature See Supported Features The firmware for the Enclosure Management Modules EMMs must be at the same level The status of the EMMs is displayed as degraded if there is a mismatch between the EMM firmware To verify the EMM firmware version 1 Expand
353. you to view e Cache usage of Fluid Cache disk e Fluid Cache performance data in terms of Bytes and IO operations The Expand View option enables you to view the chart in a pop up window Cache Pool Usage The cache pool usage by each Fluid Cache disk and the available disk space in the Fluid Cache pool can be viewed from this pie chart Fluid Cache Disk s Performance You can view the performance history and the average read write performance of Fluid Cache disk as listed below 80 Fluid Cache for DAS Table 6 5 Fluid Cache Disk Performance Properties Description Fluid Cache Select the Fluid Cache disk from the drop down Disk option to view the performance information The drop down list contains the list of all Fluid Cache disks irrespective of the state failed active Time Interval Type the time interval for which you need to view the performance information Time can be specified in Minutes hours days weeks and months State Displays the state of the Fluid Cache Disk In the Read Write Bytes per Second for Fluid Cache Disk graph the performance of cache read cache write disk read and disk write for the specified Fluid Cache disk and time interval is plotted You can click on the legend to compare the entries with one another For example you can grey out the cache write and disk write and compare the cache read and disk read performance Hover the cursor over the line graph to display the Read Write per
354. ysical disks Cannot Create a Virtual Disk You might be attempting a RAID configuration that is not supported by the controller Check the following e How many virtual disks already exist on the controller Each controller supports a maximum number of virtual disks For more information see Maximum Number of Virtual Disks per Controller e Is there adequate available space on the disk The physical disks that you have selected for creating the virtual disk must have an adequate amount of free space available e The controller may be performing other tasks such rebuilding a physical disk that must run to completion before the controller can create the new virtual disk A Virtual Disk of Minimum Size is Not Visible to Windows Disk Management If you create a virtual disk using the minimum allowable size in Storage Management the virtual disk may not be visible to Windows Disk Management even after initialization This occurs because Windows Disk Management is only able to recognize extremely small virtual disks if they are dynamic It is generally advisable to create virtual disks of larger size when using Storage Management Virtual Disk Errors on Linux On some versions of the Linux operating system the virtual disk size is limited to 1 TB If you create a virtual disk that exceeds the 1TB limitation your system may experience the following behavior e J O errors to the virtual disk or logical drive e Inaccessible virtual disk

Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Managed Node for Fluid Cache for DAS User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents